Compare commits
152 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
779b74b2a2 | ||
|
|
c6fe919573 | ||
|
|
61660eadce | ||
|
|
5555acc08e | ||
|
|
7b89edc62d | ||
|
|
8dff818edf | ||
|
|
910f66f90c | ||
|
|
e2f98b95c8 | ||
|
|
86ca6e3b8c | ||
|
|
d2cec5b043 | ||
|
|
607a95ed81 | ||
|
|
04a9d4555a | ||
|
|
3964b7ea08 | ||
|
|
afa24990b3 | ||
|
|
2e2a2815e5 | ||
|
|
3991dab8e0 | ||
|
|
899dddf888 | ||
|
|
5c6a2d5323 | ||
|
|
bd404149f7 | ||
|
|
42bbef4a49 | ||
|
|
fa1d140a2c | ||
|
|
2217cae0c0 | ||
|
|
1a14c2ccd1 | ||
|
|
c17ef8ef36 | ||
|
|
7fcab2a02c | ||
|
|
76b92b2830 | ||
|
|
c01140a1a0 | ||
|
|
db552d60ec | ||
|
|
7b5f8325ee | ||
|
|
8ab561d31e | ||
|
|
e580b0c34d | ||
|
|
433f7c88d5 | ||
|
|
76916e60ed | ||
|
|
eee697b748 | ||
|
|
b3656edcb9 | ||
|
|
9b2200acd6 | ||
|
|
0126585dbb | ||
|
|
371d5403d0 | ||
|
|
ceaf7b8b66 | ||
|
|
39f05630ad | ||
|
|
c15ef30c08 | ||
|
|
e0fa560e6f | ||
|
|
2c93230f48 | ||
|
|
97b2ad3542 | ||
|
|
658b74a736 | ||
|
|
8d6ea5eb4f | ||
|
|
be4d506b5f | ||
|
|
f0acfce534 | ||
|
|
ca003e1e4f | ||
|
|
68f1a48647 | ||
|
|
a83c3e0ebd | ||
|
|
ea0cd36bdd | ||
|
|
2eb25daffd | ||
|
|
efd2bf158a | ||
|
|
d3667a2e29 | ||
|
|
cf03447964 | ||
|
|
27dc19509b | ||
|
|
95e9b49537 | ||
|
|
9d47f1707b | ||
|
|
7d47b6eed7 | ||
|
|
5671873089 | ||
|
|
c4675a193d | ||
|
|
db00351723 | ||
|
|
114216c417 | ||
|
|
34e9e2f13d | ||
|
|
a9a568ca77 | ||
|
|
2092d32231 | ||
|
|
1f4d4de1ba | ||
|
|
3b1ddfed51 | ||
|
|
c7d893589e | ||
|
|
af48b0924f | ||
|
|
0ce29937aa | ||
|
|
1e60789f9b | ||
|
|
019ff6825b | ||
|
|
346d743df2 | ||
|
|
35a2e197cf | ||
|
|
3c56a964af | ||
|
|
a1956f6b07 | ||
|
|
17be7e614e | ||
|
|
5316eee835 | ||
|
|
1c8f93ff02 | ||
|
|
b9a02fc557 | ||
|
|
600dddcf66 | ||
|
|
1fc0046932 | ||
|
|
c4956c8d1d | ||
|
|
2b48ad5cd7 | ||
|
|
5baddf0285 | ||
|
|
60f8377e42 | ||
|
|
f71a3db47e | ||
|
|
e48ec1fa6b | ||
|
|
a5b6ad13ef | ||
|
|
eb94e559e0 | ||
|
|
038221bcd0 | ||
|
|
d289f1315f | ||
|
|
c270d806f8 | ||
|
|
96d2c5b5be | ||
|
|
838bb71992 | ||
|
|
0b598c2fda | ||
|
|
d996771378 | ||
|
|
8ee8926785 | ||
|
|
ade0083d3a | ||
|
|
a94bc430e8 | ||
|
|
5c4bab0fe7 | ||
|
|
eca1575717 | ||
|
|
4e42719355 | ||
|
|
1056d98844 | ||
|
|
4ea8fe1d06 | ||
|
|
0fd9289de3 | ||
|
|
a3227e2b15 | ||
|
|
1f35bf9cab | ||
|
|
a203182302 | ||
|
|
362e1a30c6 | ||
|
|
768b8c4dbc | ||
|
|
87b5ca5172 | ||
|
|
36fc535cb1 | ||
|
|
d0131a8bd2 | ||
|
|
0e34f6269e | ||
|
|
3517bb1ece | ||
|
|
65c923adf3 | ||
|
|
bfb2d40b6e | ||
|
|
a55252087b | ||
|
|
8fd89f0fe7 | ||
|
|
0b23879827 | ||
|
|
c06ac34092 | ||
|
|
b475fb917b | ||
|
|
261bfeab3e | ||
|
|
fd2ac767eb | ||
|
|
e1438bb8d0 | ||
|
|
e224ffa156 | ||
|
|
03f4855fc2 | ||
|
|
b388adb188 | ||
|
|
5e3cb7e869 | ||
|
|
eddf53b02e | ||
|
|
a23ccb8ac6 | ||
|
|
1cad292503 | ||
|
|
a226a6dd9f | ||
|
|
a562149de3 | ||
|
|
5c8837f9d7 | ||
|
|
c542aef58d | ||
|
|
ba6c05240f | ||
|
|
32466aa2e9 | ||
|
|
2a3f7eeebf | ||
|
|
df1bdc92c2 | ||
|
|
80a94a582c | ||
|
|
d1f56e68f1 | ||
|
|
238a564935 | ||
|
|
8f7fd65b24 | ||
|
|
030f0dfad5 | ||
|
|
faa959a870 | ||
|
|
70836c8ba8 | ||
|
|
2a0449d129 | ||
|
|
7e8fd63682 |
8
Contents
8
Contents
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim Vi IMproved. A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi. Very useful
|
||||
messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
|
||||
help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7.0aa. Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
|
||||
vim70aart.tgz contains the documentation and syntax files.
|
||||
vim70aabin.tgz contains the binaries.
|
||||
vim70aasrc.tgz contains the sources.
|
||||
Version 7.0d. Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
|
||||
vim70drt.tgz contains the documentation and syntax files.
|
||||
vim70dbin.tgz contains the binaries.
|
||||
vim70dsrc.tgz contains the sources.
|
||||
Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
20
Filelist
20
Filelist
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/gui_beval.c \
|
||||
src/gui_beval.h \
|
||||
src/hardcopy.c \
|
||||
src/hashtable.c \
|
||||
src/hashtab.c \
|
||||
src/keymap.h \
|
||||
src/macros.h \
|
||||
src/main.c \
|
||||
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/ops.c \
|
||||
src/option.c \
|
||||
src/option.h \
|
||||
src/popupmenu.c \
|
||||
src/popupmnu.c \
|
||||
src/quickfix.c \
|
||||
src/regexp.c \
|
||||
src/regexp.h \
|
||||
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/gui.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hashtable.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hashtab.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/main.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mark.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mbyte.pro \
|
||||
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/normal.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ops.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/option.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/quickfix.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/regexp.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/screen.pro \
|
||||
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/Make_mvc.mak \
|
||||
src/Make_w16.mak \
|
||||
src/bigvim.bat \
|
||||
src/msvcsetup.bat \
|
||||
src/dimm.idl \
|
||||
src/dlldata.c \
|
||||
src/dosinst.c \
|
||||
@@ -285,6 +286,7 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/uninstal.c \
|
||||
src/vim.def \
|
||||
src/vim.rc \
|
||||
src/vimio.h \
|
||||
src/gvim.exe.mnf \
|
||||
src/vim16.def \
|
||||
src/vim16.rc \
|
||||
@@ -331,7 +333,8 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN = \
|
||||
src/vim.tlb \
|
||||
src/vimtbar.lib \
|
||||
src/vimtbar.dll \
|
||||
nsis/icons \
|
||||
nsis/icons/*.bmp \
|
||||
nsis/icons/*.ico \
|
||||
|
||||
# source files for Amiga, DOS, etc. (also in the extra archive)
|
||||
SRC_AMI_DOS = \
|
||||
@@ -358,7 +361,7 @@ SRC_MAC = \
|
||||
src/INSTALLmac.txt \
|
||||
src/dehqx.py \
|
||||
src/gui_mac.c \
|
||||
src/gui_mac.icns \
|
||||
src/os_mac_rsrc/*.icns \
|
||||
src/os_mac.h \
|
||||
src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
|
||||
src/os_mac_conv.c \
|
||||
@@ -496,6 +499,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS = \
|
||||
runtime/filetype.vim \
|
||||
runtime/scripts.vim \
|
||||
runtime/menu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macmap.vim \
|
||||
runtime/delmenu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/synmenu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/makemenu.vim \
|
||||
@@ -517,7 +521,6 @@ RT_SCRIPTS = \
|
||||
# Unix runtime
|
||||
RT_UNIX = \
|
||||
README_unix.txt \
|
||||
runtime/KVim.desktop \
|
||||
runtime/hi16-action-make.png \
|
||||
runtime/hi22-action-make.png \
|
||||
runtime/vim16x16.png \
|
||||
@@ -654,6 +657,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-it.UTF-8.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-pl.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-pl.UTF-8.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-ru.1 \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-ru.UTF-8.1 \
|
||||
runtime/lang/README.txt \
|
||||
@@ -675,6 +680,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
|
||||
runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
|
||||
runtime/spell/yi/README.txt \
|
||||
runtime/spell/main.aap \
|
||||
runtime/spell/cleanadd.vim \
|
||||
runtime/spell/*.vim \
|
||||
runtime/spell/fixdup \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
18
Makefile
18
Makefile
@@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure proto depend lint tags types test t
|
||||
# Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
MAJOR = 7
|
||||
MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
MINOR = 0d
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment this line if the Win32s version is to be included.
|
||||
#DOSBIN_S = dosbin_s
|
||||
DOSBIN_S = dosbin_s
|
||||
|
||||
# CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - Update Vim version number. For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
|
||||
# MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMRTDIR and VERSION in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
|
||||
# MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
|
||||
# runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi. Other things in README_os2.txt. For a
|
||||
# minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def.
|
||||
# - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
|
||||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
|
||||
# - Check for missing options in runtime/optwin.vim et al. (with check.vim).
|
||||
# - Do "make menu" to update the runtime/synmenu.vim file.
|
||||
# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version6.txt.
|
||||
# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version7.txt.
|
||||
# - In runtime/doc run "make" and "make html" to check for errors.
|
||||
# - Check if src/Makefile and src/feature.h don't contain any personal
|
||||
# preferences or the GTK, Perl, etc. mentioned above.
|
||||
@@ -128,21 +128,24 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
|
||||
# "uninstald32.exe".
|
||||
# Win32 console version:
|
||||
# - Set environment for Visual C++ 5.0: "vcvars32"
|
||||
# - Set environment for Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat"
|
||||
# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"
|
||||
# - "rm testdir/*.out", "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test" and check the output.
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimw32.exe", "xxdw32.exe".
|
||||
# - Rename ObjC/vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb.
|
||||
# - When building the Win32s version later, delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and
|
||||
# uninstal.exe. Otherwise rename executables to installw32.exe and
|
||||
# uninstalw32.exe.
|
||||
# Win32 GUI version:
|
||||
# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes.
|
||||
# - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
|
||||
# - Move ObjG/gvim.pdb to here.
|
||||
# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
|
||||
# - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
|
||||
# Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
|
||||
# - Run src/bigvim.bat ("nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes OLE=yes IME=yes ...)
|
||||
# - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
|
||||
# - Rename ObjGOLYTR/gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
|
||||
# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
|
||||
# - If building the Win32s version delete vimrun.exe.
|
||||
# Win32s GUI version:
|
||||
@@ -156,6 +159,7 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# - The produced uninstalw32.exe and vimrun.exe are used.
|
||||
# Create the archives:
|
||||
# - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
|
||||
# - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to the dist directory.
|
||||
# - "make dosbin".
|
||||
# - Run make on Unix to update the ".mo" files.
|
||||
# - "make doslang".
|
||||
@@ -165,6 +169,7 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# uninstalw32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned above.
|
||||
# - put gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt and VisVim.dll in src/VisVim (get them
|
||||
# from a binary archive or build them)
|
||||
# Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
|
||||
# - make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up
|
||||
# - go to ../nsis and do "makensis gvim.nsi".
|
||||
# - Copy gvim##.exe to the dist directory.
|
||||
@@ -430,6 +435,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
|
||||
cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
|
||||
cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION).zip vim <$(COMMENT_GVIM)
|
||||
cp gvim.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION).pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make Win32 console
|
||||
dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
@@ -446,6 +452,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
|
||||
cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make 32bit DOS
|
||||
dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
|
||||
@@ -500,6 +507,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
|
||||
cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
|
||||
cp src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
|
||||
cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make Win32s gvim
|
||||
dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WHAT IS VIM
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_ami.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_ami.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
|
||||
See README.txt for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_amibin.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_amibin.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_bindos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_bindos.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_dos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_dos.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_extra.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_extra.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
The extra archive of Vim is to be used in combination with the source archive
|
||||
(vim-6.0-src.tar.gz). The extra archive is useless without it.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_lang.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_lang.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains files for non-English languages:
|
||||
- Translated messages.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_mac.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_mac.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_ole.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_ole.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
|
||||
This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_os2.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_os2.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_os_390.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_os_390.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
Welcome to the OS/390 Unix port of VIM.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_src.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_src.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
|
||||
It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator). It is also used for other
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_unix.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_unix.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_vms.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_vms.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_w32s.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_w32s.txt for version 7.0d of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
|
||||
the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
||||
!define HAVE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
!define VER_MAJOR 7
|
||||
!define VER_MINOR 0aa
|
||||
!define VER_MINOR 0d
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Function .onInit
|
||||
# $2 - holds the names to create batch files for
|
||||
StrCpy $0 "$INSTDIR\vim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}"
|
||||
StrCpy $1 "-register-OLE"
|
||||
StrCpy $2 "gvim evim gview gvimdiff"
|
||||
StrCpy $2 "gvim evim gview gvimdiff vimtutor"
|
||||
|
||||
FunctionEnd
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -214,9 +214,18 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\autoload
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\autoload\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\syntax
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\syntax\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\spell
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.txt
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.vim
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.spl
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.sug
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\tools
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\tools\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
nsis/icons/disabled.bmp
Normal file
BIN
nsis/icons/disabled.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 358 B |
BIN
nsis/icons/enabled.bmp
Normal file
BIN
nsis/icons/enabled.bmp
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 358 B |
BIN
nsis/icons/vim_16c.ico
Normal file
BIN
nsis/icons/vim_16c.ico
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 766 B |
BIN
nsis/icons/vim_uninst_16c.ico
Normal file
BIN
nsis/icons/vim_uninst_16c.ico
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 766 B |
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# KDE Config File
|
||||
[Desktop Entry]
|
||||
Type=Application
|
||||
Exec=kvim -f %F
|
||||
Icon=kvim
|
||||
MiniIcon=kvim
|
||||
DocPath=kvim/index.html
|
||||
Comment=
|
||||
Comment[xx]=xx
|
||||
Terminal=0
|
||||
Name=KVim
|
||||
Name[eo]=VIM-fasado
|
||||
Name[sv]=Kvim
|
||||
Name[xx]=xx
|
||||
Comment=Text Editor
|
||||
Comment[ar]=محرر نصوص
|
||||
Comment[bg]=Текст Редактор
|
||||
Comment[de]=Texteditor
|
||||
Comment[el]=Διορθωτής Κειμένου
|
||||
Comment[eo]=Tekstredaktilo
|
||||
Comment[et]=Tekstiredaktor
|
||||
Comment[eu]=Testu Editorea
|
||||
Comment[fi]=Tekstieditori
|
||||
Comment[he]=עורך טקסט
|
||||
Comment[is]=Textaritill
|
||||
Comment[ja]=テキストエディタ
|
||||
Comment[lt]=Teksto redaktorius
|
||||
Comment[mt]=Editur tat-test
|
||||
Comment[pt_BR]=Editor de Texto
|
||||
Comment[ro]=Editor de text
|
||||
Comment[ru]=редактор
|
||||
Comment[sk]=Textový editor
|
||||
Comment[sl]=Urejevalnik besedil
|
||||
Comment[ta]=¯¨Ã ¦¾¡ÌôÀ¡Ç÷
|
||||
Comment[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
|
||||
Comment[uk]=Редактор текстів
|
||||
Comment[vi]=Trình soạn văn bản
|
||||
Comment[xx]=xx
|
||||
Comment[zh_CN]=文本编辑器
|
||||
Comment[zh_TW]=文字編輯器
|
||||
MimeType=application/mathml+xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/x-perl;application/x-python;application/x-shellscript;audio/x-mpegurl;audio/x-scpls;image/svg+xml;message/news;message/rfc822;text/calendar;text/css;text/english;text/html;text/mrml;text/plain;text/rdf;text/rss;text/rtf;text/sgml;text/vnd.wap.wml;text/x-adasrc;text/x-bibtex;text/x-chdr;text/x-c++hdr;text/x-csrc;text/x-c++src;text/x-csv;text/x-diff;text/x-java;text/x-katefilelist;text/x-latex;text/x-log;text/x-lyx;text/x-makefile;text/xmcd;text/xml;text/x-moc;text/x-mswinurl;text/x-objcsrc;text/x-pascal;text/x-perl;text/x-python;text/x-tcl;text/x-tex;text/x-vcalendar;text/x-vcard;text/x-xslfo;text/x-xslt
|
||||
X-KDE-StartupNotify=true
|
||||
X-KDE-AuthorizeAction=shell access
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,12 +4,18 @@ These are functions used by plugins and for general use. They will be loaded
|
||||
automatically when the function is invoked. See ":help autoload".
|
||||
|
||||
gzip.vim for editing compressed files
|
||||
netrw.vim browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
|
||||
netrw*.vim browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
|
||||
tar.vim browsing tar files
|
||||
zip.vim browsing zip files
|
||||
paste.vim common code for mswin.vim, menu.vim and macmap.vim
|
||||
spellfile.vim downloading of a missing spell file
|
||||
|
||||
Occult completion files:
|
||||
Omni completion files:
|
||||
ccomplete.vim C
|
||||
csscomplete.vim HTML / CSS
|
||||
htmlcomplete.vim HTML
|
||||
|
||||
javascriptcomplete.vim Javascript
|
||||
phpcomplete.vim PHP
|
||||
pycomplete.vim Python
|
||||
syntaxcomplete.vim from syntax highlighting
|
||||
xmlcomplete.vim XML (uses files in the xml directory)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: C
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Feb 10
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" init cache for vimgrep to empty
|
||||
let s:grepCache = {}
|
||||
|
||||
" Split item in words, keep empty word after "." or "->".
|
||||
" "aa" -> ['aa'], "aa." -> ['aa', ''], "aa.bb" -> ['aa', 'bb'], etc.
|
||||
" We can't use split, because we need to skip nested [...].
|
||||
@@ -120,10 +123,11 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" Completing one word and it's a local variable: May add '[', '.' or
|
||||
" '->'.
|
||||
let match = items[0]
|
||||
if match(line, match . '\s*\[') > 0
|
||||
let kind = 'v'
|
||||
if match(line, '\<' . match . '\s*\[') > 0
|
||||
let match .= '['
|
||||
else
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), [''], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), [''], 0, 1)
|
||||
if len(res) > 0
|
||||
" There are members, thus add "." or "->".
|
||||
if match(line, '\*[ \t(]*' . match . '\>') > 0
|
||||
@@ -133,27 +137,40 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : ''}]
|
||||
let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if len(items) == 1
|
||||
" Only one part, no "." or "->": complete from tags file.
|
||||
call extend(res, map(taglist('^' . base), 's:Tag2item(v:val)'))
|
||||
let tags = taglist('^' . base)
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
|
||||
call filter(tags, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove static matches in other files.
|
||||
call filter(tags, '!has_key(v:val, "static") || !v:val["static"] || bufnr("%") == bufnr(v:val["filename"])')
|
||||
|
||||
call extend(res, map(tags, 's:Tag2item(v:val)'))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if len(res) == 0
|
||||
" Find the variable in the tags file(s)
|
||||
let diclist = taglist('^' . items[0] . '$')
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
|
||||
call filter(diclist, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
|
||||
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(diclist))
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typename" field.
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typeref" field. Patched version has "typename".
|
||||
if has_key(diclist[i], 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:]))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:], 1))
|
||||
elseif has_key(diclist[i], 'typeref')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typeref'], items[1:], 1))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" For a variable use the command, which must be a search pattern that
|
||||
@@ -162,7 +179,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
let line = diclist[i]['cmd']
|
||||
if line[0] == '/' && line[1] == '^'
|
||||
let col = match(line, '\<' . items[0] . '\>')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:], 0))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:], 0, 1))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
@@ -173,7 +190,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" TODO: join previous line if it makes sense
|
||||
let line = getline('.')
|
||||
let col = col('.')
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" If the last item(s) are [...] they need to be added to the matches.
|
||||
@@ -197,7 +214,7 @@ function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Check if the item has members.
|
||||
if len(s:SearchMembers(a:memarg, [''])) > 0
|
||||
if len(s:SearchMembers(a:memarg, [''], 0)) > 0
|
||||
" If there is a '*' before the name use "->".
|
||||
if match(a:line, '\*[ \t(]*' . a:match . '\>') > 0
|
||||
return '->'
|
||||
@@ -213,17 +230,73 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" If it is a variable we may add "." or "->". Don't do it for other types,
|
||||
" such as a typedef, by not including the info that s:GetAddition() uses.
|
||||
function! s:Tag2item(val)
|
||||
let x = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
|
||||
let res = {'match': a:val['name']}
|
||||
|
||||
let res['extra'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
|
||||
|
||||
let s = s:Dict2info(a:val)
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['info'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let res['tagline'] = ''
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, "kind")
|
||||
if a:val["kind"] == 'v'
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'], 'tagline': "\t" . a:val['cmd'], 'dict': a:val, 'extra': x}
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if a:val["kind"] == 'f'
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'] . '(', 'tagline': "", 'extra': x}
|
||||
let kind = a:val['kind']
|
||||
let res['kind'] = kind
|
||||
if kind == 'v'
|
||||
let res['tagline'] = "\t" . a:val['cmd']
|
||||
let res['dict'] = a:val
|
||||
elseif kind == 'f'
|
||||
let res['match'] = a:val['name'] . '('
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'], 'tagline': '', 'extra': x}
|
||||
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
|
||||
function! s:Dict2info(dict)
|
||||
let info = ''
|
||||
for k in sort(keys(a:dict))
|
||||
let info .= k . repeat(' ', 10 - len(k))
|
||||
if k == 'cmd'
|
||||
let info .= substitute(matchstr(a:dict['cmd'], '/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/'), '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
|
||||
else
|
||||
let info .= a:dict[k]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let info .= "\n"
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
return info
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
" Parse a tag line and return a dictionary with items like taglist()
|
||||
function! s:ParseTagline(line)
|
||||
let l = split(a:line, "\t")
|
||||
let d = {}
|
||||
if len(l) >= 3
|
||||
let d['name'] = l[0]
|
||||
let d['filename'] = l[1]
|
||||
let d['cmd'] = l[2]
|
||||
let n = 2
|
||||
if l[2] =~ '^/'
|
||||
" Find end of cmd, it may contain Tabs.
|
||||
while n < len(l) && l[n] !~ '/;"$'
|
||||
let n += 1
|
||||
let d['cmd'] .= " " . l[n]
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
endif
|
||||
for i in range(n + 1, len(l) - 1)
|
||||
if l[i] == 'file:'
|
||||
let d['static'] = 1
|
||||
elseif l[i] !~ ':'
|
||||
let d['kind'] = l[i]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let d[matchstr(l[i], '[^:]*')] = matchstr(l[i], ':\zs.*')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return d
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Turn a match item "val" into an item for completion.
|
||||
@@ -231,25 +304,50 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" "val['tagline']" is the tagline in which the last part was found.
|
||||
function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
|
||||
let line = a:val['tagline']
|
||||
let word = a:val['match'] . a:brackets . s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
|
||||
let add = s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
|
||||
let res = {'word': a:val['match'] . a:brackets . add }
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'info')
|
||||
" Use info from Tag2item().
|
||||
let res['info'] = a:val['info']
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Parse the tag line and add each part to the "info" entry.
|
||||
let s = s:Dict2info(s:ParseTagline(line))
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['info'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'kind')
|
||||
let res['kind'] = a:val['kind']
|
||||
elseif add == '('
|
||||
let res['kind'] = 'f'
|
||||
else
|
||||
let s = matchstr(line, '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['kind'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'extra')
|
||||
return {'word': word, 'menu': a:val['extra']}
|
||||
let res['menu'] = a:val['extra']
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Isolate the command after the tag and filename.
|
||||
let s = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t[^\t]*\t\zs\(/^.*$/\|[^\t]*\)\ze\(;"\t\|\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
return {'word': word, 'menu': s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))}
|
||||
let res['menu'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return {'word': word}
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
|
||||
function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
|
||||
if a:cmd =~ '^/^'
|
||||
" The command is a search command, useful to see what it is.
|
||||
let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\zs.*\ze$/')
|
||||
let x = substitute(x, a:name, '@@', '')
|
||||
let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/')
|
||||
let x = substitute(x, '\<' . a:name . '\>', '@@', '')
|
||||
let x = substitute(x, '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
|
||||
let x = x . ' - ' . a:fname
|
||||
elseif a:cmd =~ '^\d*$'
|
||||
@@ -266,7 +364,7 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
|
||||
" When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
|
||||
" Return the list of matches.
|
||||
function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
|
||||
|
||||
" Use the text up to the variable name and split it in tokens.
|
||||
let tokens = split(a:lead, '\s\+\|\<')
|
||||
@@ -275,9 +373,14 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for tidx in range(len(tokens))
|
||||
|
||||
" Skip tokens starting with a non-ID character.
|
||||
if tokens[tidx] !~ '^\h'
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Recognize "struct foobar" and "union foobar".
|
||||
if (tokens[tidx] == 'struct' || tokens[tidx] == 'union') && tidx + 1 < len(tokens)
|
||||
let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items)
|
||||
let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items, a:all)
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -289,20 +392,31 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
" Use the tags file to find out if this is a typedef.
|
||||
let diclist = taglist('^' . tokens[tidx] . '$')
|
||||
for tagidx in range(len(diclist))
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typename" field.
|
||||
if has_key(diclist[tagidx], 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[tagidx]['typename'], a:items))
|
||||
let item = diclist[tagidx]
|
||||
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typeref" field. Patched version has "typename".
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'typeref')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typeref'], a:items, a:all))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typename'], a:items, a:all))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Only handle typedefs here.
|
||||
if diclist[tagidx]['kind'] != 't'
|
||||
if item['kind'] != 't'
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Skip matches local to another file.
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'static') && item['static'] && bufnr('%') != bufnr(item['filename'])
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" For old ctags we recognize "typedef struct aaa" and
|
||||
" "typedef union bbb" in the tags file command.
|
||||
let cmd = diclist[tagidx]['cmd']
|
||||
let cmd = item['cmd']
|
||||
let ei = matchend(cmd, 'typedef\s\+')
|
||||
if ei > 1
|
||||
let cmdtokens = split(strpart(cmd, ei), '\s\+\|\<')
|
||||
@@ -317,11 +431,11 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
if name != ''
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif a:depth < 10
|
||||
" Could be "typedef other_T some_T".
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items, a:depth + 1))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items, a:depth + 1, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -338,7 +452,9 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
|
||||
" Return a list with resulting matches.
|
||||
" Each match is a dictionary with "match" and "tagline" entries.
|
||||
function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
|
||||
" member.
|
||||
function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
|
||||
" Todo: What about local structures?
|
||||
let fnames = join(map(tagfiles(), 'escape(v:val, " \\")'))
|
||||
if fnames == ''
|
||||
@@ -347,21 +463,54 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
|
||||
let typename = a:typename
|
||||
let qflist = []
|
||||
while 1
|
||||
exe 'silent! vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
|
||||
let qflist = getqflist()
|
||||
if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
let cached = 0
|
||||
if a:all == 0
|
||||
let n = '1' " stop at first found match
|
||||
if has_key(s:grepCache, a:typename)
|
||||
let qflist = s:grepCache[a:typename]
|
||||
let cached = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
|
||||
let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
else
|
||||
let n = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !cached
|
||||
while 1
|
||||
exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
|
||||
|
||||
let qflist = getqflist()
|
||||
if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
|
||||
let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
if a:all == 0
|
||||
" Store the result to be able to use it again later.
|
||||
let s:grepCache[a:typename] = qflist
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Put matching members in matches[].
|
||||
let matches = []
|
||||
for l in qflist
|
||||
let memb = matchstr(l['text'], '[^\t]*')
|
||||
if memb =~ '^' . a:items[0]
|
||||
call add(matches, {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']})
|
||||
" Skip matches local to another file.
|
||||
if match(l['text'], "\tfile:") < 0 || bufnr('%') == bufnr(matchstr(l['text'], '\t\zs[^\t]*'))
|
||||
let item = {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']}
|
||||
|
||||
" Add the kind of item.
|
||||
let s = matchstr(l['text'], '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let item['kind'] = s
|
||||
if s == 'f'
|
||||
let item['match'] = memb . '('
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
call add(matches, item)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -380,7 +529,7 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
|
||||
" More items following. For each of the possible members find the
|
||||
" matching following members.
|
||||
return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[idx :])
|
||||
return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[idx :], a:all)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Failed to find anything.
|
||||
@@ -388,35 +537,46 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" For matching members, find matches for following items.
|
||||
function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items)
|
||||
" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
|
||||
" member.
|
||||
function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(a:matches))
|
||||
let typename = ''
|
||||
if has_key(a:matches[i], 'dict')
|
||||
if has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typename')
|
||||
let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typename']
|
||||
elseif has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typeref')
|
||||
let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typeref']
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let line = "\t" . a:matches[i].dict['cmd']
|
||||
else
|
||||
let line = a:matches[i]['tagline']
|
||||
let e = matchend(line, '\ttypename:')
|
||||
if e < 0
|
||||
let e = matchend(line, '\ttyperef:')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if e > 0
|
||||
" Use typename field
|
||||
let typename = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*', e)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if typename != ''
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(typename, a:items))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(typename, a:items, a:all))
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Use the search command (the declaration itself).
|
||||
let s = match(line, '\t\zs/^')
|
||||
if s > 0
|
||||
let e = match(line, '\<' . a:matches[i]['match'] . '\>', s)
|
||||
if e > 0
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items, 0))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items, 0, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if a:all == 0 && len(res) > 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
" Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2005 Jul 26
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 31
|
||||
|
||||
" These functions are used by the gzip plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -84,9 +84,14 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
|
||||
'[,']d _
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" read in the uncompressed lines "'[-1r tmp"
|
||||
" Use ++edit if the buffer was empty, keep the 'ff' and 'fenc' options.
|
||||
setlocal nobin
|
||||
if exists(":lockmarks")
|
||||
execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp
|
||||
if empty
|
||||
execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r ++edit " . tmp
|
||||
else
|
||||
execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
execute "silent " . l . "r " . tmp
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
|
||||
" netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Oct 12, 2005
|
||||
" Version: 7
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 8
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
@@ -22,22 +22,27 @@ if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:keepcpo= &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v7"
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v8"
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#Init: {{{1
|
||||
" This functions is here to allow a call to this function to autoload
|
||||
" the netrwFileHandlers.vim file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#Init()
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Init()")
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Init")
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{2
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
|
||||
" call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")')
|
||||
exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" s:NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" cursor is atop a *.html file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
|
||||
let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -48,19 +53,19 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
|
||||
exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_html 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" s:NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" cursor is atop a *.htm file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
|
||||
let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -71,18 +76,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
|
||||
exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_jpg: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:jpgfile
|
||||
@@ -90,181 +95,181 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
|
||||
exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:jpgfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_gif: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:giffile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:giffile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_png: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pngfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pngfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_png 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_pnm: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pnmfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pnmfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:bmpfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !gs "'.a:pdf.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oowriter")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:doc.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oowriter")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:sxw.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oocalc")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oocalc "'.a:xls.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps(ps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !gs ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("ghostscript")
|
||||
exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("ghostscript")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("gswin32")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"')
|
||||
exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gs ".a:eps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
@@ -278,40 +283,42 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:eps.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig(fig)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig()")
|
||||
if executable("xfig")
|
||||
exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj(obj)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_fig(fig)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_fig()")
|
||||
if executable("xfig")
|
||||
exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" s:NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_obj()")
|
||||
if has("unix") && executable("tgif")
|
||||
exe "silent! !tgif ".a:obj
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
|
||||
" Date: Jan 26, 2006
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
|
||||
" Version: 6a ASTRO-ONLY
|
||||
" Version: 6
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
||||
if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v6a"
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v6"
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" NetrwSettings: {{{1
|
||||
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
let g:netrw_ignorenetrc= 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
put ='+ --------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ NetrwSettings: by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
|
||||
put ='+ Press ? with cursor atop any line for help '
|
||||
put ='+ --------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ NetrwSettings: by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
|
||||
put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
|
||||
put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
|
||||
let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
|
||||
|
||||
put =''
|
||||
@@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer = (not defined)'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_hide = '.g:netrw_hide
|
||||
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
|
||||
set nomod
|
||||
|
||||
map <buffer> <silent> ? :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
|
||||
map <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
|
||||
let tmpfile= tempname()
|
||||
exe 'au BufWriteCmd Netrw\ Settings silent w! '.tmpfile.'|so '.tmpfile.'|call delete("'.tmpfile.'")|set nomod'
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
39
runtime/autoload/paste.vim
Normal file
39
runtime/autoload/paste.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
" Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
" Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
|
||||
" Toolbar menu. Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
" Pasting blockwise and linewise selections is not possible in Insert and
|
||||
" Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature. They are pasted as if they
|
||||
" were characterwise instead. Add to that some tricks to leave the cursor in
|
||||
" the right position, also for "gi".
|
||||
if has("virtualedit")
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = '<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . 'gi'
|
||||
|
||||
func! paste#Paste()
|
||||
let ove = &ve
|
||||
set ve=all
|
||||
normal! `^
|
||||
if @+ != ''
|
||||
normal! "+gP
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let c = col(".")
|
||||
normal! i
|
||||
if col(".") < c " compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
|
||||
normal! l
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let &ve = ove
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
else
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': "\"=@+.'xy'<CR>gPFx\"_2x"}
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>gix<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_x'
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_s'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has("virtualedit")
|
||||
else
|
||||
endif
|
||||
5099
runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim
Normal file
5099
runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
517
runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
Normal file
517
runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: SQL
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
|
||||
" Version: 2.0
|
||||
" Last Change: Mon Apr 03 2006 10:21:36 PM
|
||||
|
||||
" Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
|
||||
" This check is in place in case this script is
|
||||
" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
|
||||
if exists('&omnifunc')
|
||||
" Do not set the option if already set since this
|
||||
" results in an E117 warning.
|
||||
if &omnifunc == ""
|
||||
setlocal omnifunc=sqlcomplete#Complete
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_sql_completion = 1
|
||||
|
||||
" Maintains filename of dictionary
|
||||
let s:sql_file_table = ""
|
||||
let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
|
||||
let s:sql_file_view = ""
|
||||
|
||||
" Define various arrays to be used for caching
|
||||
let s:tbl_name = []
|
||||
let s:tbl_alias = []
|
||||
let s:tbl_cols = []
|
||||
let s:syn_list = []
|
||||
let s:syn_value = []
|
||||
|
||||
" Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
|
||||
let s:save_inc = ""
|
||||
let s:save_exc = ""
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
|
||||
let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
|
||||
let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Used with the column list
|
||||
let s:save_prev_table = ""
|
||||
|
||||
" Default the option to verify table alias
|
||||
if !exists('g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias')
|
||||
let g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias = 'a'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Default syntax items to precache
|
||||
if !exists('g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups')
|
||||
let g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups = [
|
||||
\ 'syntax',
|
||||
\ 'sqlKeyword',
|
||||
\ 'sqlFunction',
|
||||
\ 'sqlOption',
|
||||
\ 'sqlType',
|
||||
\ 'sqlStatement'
|
||||
\ ]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
" Default to table name completion
|
||||
let compl_type = 'table'
|
||||
" Allow maps to specify what type of object completion they want
|
||||
if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
|
||||
let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" First pass through this function determines how much of the line should
|
||||
" be replaced by whatever is chosen from the completion list
|
||||
if a:findstart
|
||||
" Locate the start of the item, including "."
|
||||
let line = getline('.')
|
||||
let start = col('.') - 1
|
||||
let lastword = -1
|
||||
while start > 0
|
||||
if line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
|
||||
let start -= 1
|
||||
elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && compl_type =~ 'column'
|
||||
" If the completion type is column then assume we are looking
|
||||
" for column completion column_type can be either
|
||||
" 'column' or 'column_csv'
|
||||
if lastword == -1 && compl_type == 'column'
|
||||
" Do not replace the table name prefix or alias
|
||||
" if completing only a single column name
|
||||
let lastword = start
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let start -= 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" Return the column of the last word, which is going to be changed.
|
||||
" Remember the text that comes before it in s:prepended.
|
||||
if lastword == -1
|
||||
let s:prepended = ''
|
||||
return start
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:prepended = strpart(line, start, lastword - start)
|
||||
return lastword
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Second pass through this function will determine what data to put inside
|
||||
" of the completion list
|
||||
" s:prepended is set by the first pass
|
||||
let base = s:prepended . a:base
|
||||
|
||||
" Default the completion list to an empty list
|
||||
let compl_list = []
|
||||
|
||||
" Default to table name completion
|
||||
let compl_type = 'table'
|
||||
" Allow maps to specify what type of object completion they want
|
||||
if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
|
||||
let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
|
||||
unlet b:sql_compl_type
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if compl_type == 'tableReset'
|
||||
let compl_type = 'table'
|
||||
let base = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if compl_type == 'table' ||
|
||||
\ compl_type == 'procedure' ||
|
||||
\ compl_type == 'view'
|
||||
|
||||
" This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
|
||||
if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if s:sql_file_{compl_type} == ""
|
||||
let compl_type = substitute(compl_type, '\w\+', '\u&', '')
|
||||
let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:sql_file_{compl_type} = DB_getDictionaryName(compl_type)
|
||||
if s:sql_file_{compl_type} != ""
|
||||
if filereadable(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
|
||||
let compl_list = readfile(s:sql_file_{compl_type})
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif compl_type == 'column'
|
||||
|
||||
" This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
|
||||
if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if base == ""
|
||||
" The last time we displayed a column list we stored
|
||||
" the table name. If the user selects a column list
|
||||
" without a table name of alias present, assume they want
|
||||
" the previous column list displayed.
|
||||
let base = s:save_prev_table
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if base != ""
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, '')
|
||||
let s:save_prev_table = base
|
||||
let base = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif compl_type == 'column_csv'
|
||||
|
||||
" This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
|
||||
if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if base == ""
|
||||
" The last time we displayed a column list we stored
|
||||
" the table name. If the user selects a column list
|
||||
" without a table name of alias present, assume they want
|
||||
" the previous column list displayed.
|
||||
let base = s:save_prev_table
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if base != ""
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, 'csv')
|
||||
let s:save_prev_table = base
|
||||
" Join the column array into 1 single element array
|
||||
" but make the columns column separated
|
||||
let compl_list = [join(compl_list, ', ')]
|
||||
let base = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif compl_type == 'resetCache'
|
||||
" Reset all cached items
|
||||
let s:tbl_name = []
|
||||
let s:tbl_alias = []
|
||||
let s:tbl_cols = []
|
||||
let s:syn_list = []
|
||||
let s:syn_value = []
|
||||
else
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(compl_type)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if base != ''
|
||||
" Filter the list based on the first few characters the user
|
||||
" entered
|
||||
let expr = 'v:val =~ "^'.base.'"'
|
||||
let compl_list = filter(copy(compl_list), expr)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('b:sql_compl_savefunc') && b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
|
||||
let &omnifunc = b:sql_compl_savefunc
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echomsg a:msg
|
||||
echohl None
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
|
||||
echohl ErrorMsg
|
||||
echomsg a:msg
|
||||
echohl None
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
|
||||
let syn_group_arr = []
|
||||
if a:0 > 0
|
||||
let syn_group_arr = a:1
|
||||
else
|
||||
let syn_group_arr = g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !empty(syn_group_arr)
|
||||
for group_name in syn_group_arr
|
||||
call s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(group_name)
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! sqlcomplete#Map(type)
|
||||
" Tell the SQL plugin what you want to complete
|
||||
let b:sql_compl_type=a:type
|
||||
" Record previous omnifunc, if the SQL completion
|
||||
" is being used in conjunction with other filetype
|
||||
" completion plugins
|
||||
if &omnifunc != "" && &omnifunc != 'sqlcomplete#Complete'
|
||||
" Record the previous omnifunc, the plugin
|
||||
" will automatically set this back so that it
|
||||
" does not interfere with other ftplugins settings
|
||||
let b:sql_compl_savefunc=&omnifunc
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Set the OMNI func for the SQL completion plugin
|
||||
let &omnifunc='sqlcomplete#Complete'
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
|
||||
let syn_group = a:syn_group
|
||||
let compl_list = []
|
||||
|
||||
" Check if we have already cached the syntax list
|
||||
let list_idx = index(s:syn_list, syn_group, 0, &ignorecase)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
" Return previously cached value
|
||||
let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Request the syntax list items from the
|
||||
" syntax completion plugin
|
||||
if syn_group == 'syntax'
|
||||
" Handle this special case. This allows the user
|
||||
" to indicate they want all the syntax items available,
|
||||
" so do not specify a specific include list.
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
|
||||
else
|
||||
" The user has specified a specific syntax group
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
|
||||
let syn_value = OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
|
||||
" Cache these values for later use
|
||||
let s:syn_list = add( s:syn_list, syn_group )
|
||||
let s:syn_value = add( s:syn_value, syn_value )
|
||||
let compl_list = syn_value
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCCheck4dbext()
|
||||
if !exists('g:loaded_dbext')
|
||||
let msg = "The dbext plugin must be loaded for dynamic SQL completion"
|
||||
call s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
|
||||
" Leave time for the user to read the error message
|
||||
:sleep 2
|
||||
return -1
|
||||
elseif g:loaded_dbext < 210
|
||||
let msg = "The dbext plugin must be at least version 2.10 " .
|
||||
\ " for dynamic SQL completion"
|
||||
call s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
|
||||
" Leave time for the user to read the error message
|
||||
:sleep 2
|
||||
return -1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
|
||||
let table_name = a:table_name
|
||||
let table_alias = a:table_alias
|
||||
let cols = a:cols
|
||||
|
||||
if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n'
|
||||
if table_alias == ''
|
||||
if 'da' =~? g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
|
||||
if table_name =~ '_'
|
||||
" Treat _ as separators since people often use these
|
||||
" for word separators
|
||||
let save_keyword = &iskeyword
|
||||
setlocal iskeyword-=_
|
||||
|
||||
" Get the first letter of each word
|
||||
" [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w
|
||||
" to catch extended accented characters
|
||||
"
|
||||
let table_alias = substitute(
|
||||
\ table_name,
|
||||
\ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?',
|
||||
\ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)',
|
||||
\ 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
" Restore original value
|
||||
let &iskeyword = save_keyword
|
||||
elseif table_name =~ '\u\U'
|
||||
let initials = substitute(
|
||||
\ table_name, '\(\u\)\U*', '\1', 'g')
|
||||
else
|
||||
let table_alias = strpart(table_name, 0, 1)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if table_alias != ''
|
||||
" Following a word character, make sure there is a . and no spaces
|
||||
let table_alias = substitute(table_alias, '\w\zs\.\?\s*$', '.', '')
|
||||
if 'a' =~? g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias && a:table_alias == ''
|
||||
let table_alias = inputdialog("Enter table alias:", table_alias)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if table_alias != ''
|
||||
let cols = substitute(cols, '\<\w', table_alias.'&', 'g')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return cols
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
|
||||
let table_name = matchstr(a:table_name, '^\w\+')
|
||||
let table_cols = []
|
||||
let table_alias = ''
|
||||
let move_to_top = 1
|
||||
|
||||
if g:loaded_dbext >= 210
|
||||
let saveSettingAlias = DB_listOption('use_tbl_alias')
|
||||
exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias=n'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
|
||||
" by its name
|
||||
let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
|
||||
" by its alias, assuming the table_name provided was actually
|
||||
" the alias for the table instead
|
||||
" select *
|
||||
" from area a
|
||||
" where a.
|
||||
let list_idx = index(s:tbl_alias, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let table_alias = table_name
|
||||
let table_name = s:tbl_name[list_idx]
|
||||
let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" If we have not found a cached copy of the table
|
||||
" And the table ends in a "." or we are looking for a column list
|
||||
" if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || b:sql_compl_type =~ 'column')
|
||||
" if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || a:list_type =~ 'csv')
|
||||
if list_idx == -1
|
||||
let saveY = @y
|
||||
let saveSearch = @/
|
||||
let saveWScan = &wrapscan
|
||||
let curline = line(".")
|
||||
let curcol = col(".")
|
||||
|
||||
" Do not let searchs wrap
|
||||
setlocal nowrapscan
|
||||
" If . was entered, look at the word just before the .
|
||||
" We are looking for something like this:
|
||||
" select *
|
||||
" from customer c
|
||||
" where c.
|
||||
" So when . is pressed, we need to find 'c'
|
||||
"
|
||||
|
||||
" Search backwards to the beginning of the statement
|
||||
" and do NOT wrap
|
||||
" exec 'silent! normal! v?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n".'"yy'
|
||||
exec 'silent! normal! ?\<\(select\|update\|delete\|;\)\>'."\n"
|
||||
|
||||
" Start characterwise visual mode
|
||||
" Advance right one character
|
||||
" Search foward until one of the following:
|
||||
" 1. Another select/update/delete statement
|
||||
" 2. A ; at the end of a line (the delimiter)
|
||||
" 3. The end of the file (incase no delimiter)
|
||||
" Yank the visually selected text into the "y register.
|
||||
exec 'silent! normal! vl/\(\<select\>\|\<update\>\|\<delete\>\|;\s*$\|\%$\)'."\n".'"yy'
|
||||
|
||||
let query = @y
|
||||
let query = substitute(query, "\n", ' ', 'g')
|
||||
let found = 0
|
||||
|
||||
" if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
|
||||
if query =~? '^\(select\)'
|
||||
let found = 1
|
||||
" \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\? -
|
||||
" 'from.\{-}' - Starting at the from clause
|
||||
" '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
|
||||
" '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name
|
||||
" '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
|
||||
" '\s*\.\@!.*' - Cannot be followed by a .
|
||||
" '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
|
||||
" '.*' - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
|
||||
let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
|
||||
\ 'from.\{-}'.
|
||||
\ '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?'.
|
||||
\ '\<\w\+\>\ze'.
|
||||
\ '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.table_name.'\>'.
|
||||
\ '\s*\.\@!.*'.
|
||||
\ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
|
||||
\ '.*'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
if table_name_new != ''
|
||||
let table_alias = table_name
|
||||
let table_name = table_name_new
|
||||
|
||||
let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
|
||||
let s:tbl_name[list_idx] = table_name
|
||||
let s:tbl_alias[list_idx] = table_alias
|
||||
else
|
||||
let list_idx = index(s:tbl_alias, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx])
|
||||
let s:tbl_name[list_idx] = table_name
|
||||
let s:tbl_alias[list_idx] = table_alias
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Simply assume it is a table name provided with a . on the end
|
||||
let found = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let @y = saveY
|
||||
let @/ = saveSearch
|
||||
let &wrapscan = saveWScan
|
||||
|
||||
" Return to previous location
|
||||
call cursor(curline, curcol)
|
||||
|
||||
if found == 0
|
||||
if g:loaded_dbext > 201
|
||||
exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias='.saveSettingAlias
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Not a SQL statement, do not display a list
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if empty(table_cols)
|
||||
" Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
|
||||
" Specify do not comma separate (tbl, 1, 1)
|
||||
let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
|
||||
|
||||
if table_cols_str != ""
|
||||
let s:tbl_name = add( s:tbl_name, table_name )
|
||||
let s:tbl_alias = add( s:tbl_alias, table_alias )
|
||||
let s:tbl_cols = add( s:tbl_cols, table_cols_str )
|
||||
let table_cols = split(table_cols_str)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if g:loaded_dbext > 201
|
||||
exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias='.saveSettingAlias
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if a:list_type == 'csv' && !empty(table_cols)
|
||||
let cols = join(table_cols, ', ')
|
||||
let cols = s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
|
||||
let table_cols = [cols]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return table_cols
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
|
||||
" Version: 1.0
|
||||
" Last Change: Sun Jan 08 2006 10:17:51 PM
|
||||
" Version: 1.3
|
||||
" Last Change: Mon Mar 27 2006 9:29:35 PM
|
||||
|
||||
" Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
|
||||
if exists('&ofu')
|
||||
setlocal ofu=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
" This check is in place in case this script is
|
||||
" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
|
||||
if exists('+omnifunc')
|
||||
" Do not set the option if already set since this
|
||||
" results in an E117 warning.
|
||||
if &omnifunc == ""
|
||||
setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
|
||||
@@ -22,6 +28,7 @@ let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cache_name = []
|
||||
let s:cache_list = []
|
||||
let s:prepended = ''
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
@@ -62,7 +69,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let compl_list = s:cache_list[list_idx]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
let compl_list = OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
let s:cache_name = add( s:cache_name, &filetype )
|
||||
let s:cache_list = add( s:cache_list, compl_list )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -78,7 +85,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
function! OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
let saveL = @l
|
||||
|
||||
" Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
|
||||
@@ -86,63 +93,146 @@ function! s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
" work generically for any filetype that does not already
|
||||
" have a plugin defined.
|
||||
" This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
|
||||
" of the filetype. From my casual viewing of the vim7\sytax
|
||||
" of the filetype. From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
|
||||
" directory.
|
||||
redir @l
|
||||
silent! exec 'syntax list '
|
||||
redir END
|
||||
|
||||
let syntax_groups = @l
|
||||
let syntax_full = "\n".@l
|
||||
let @l = saveL
|
||||
|
||||
if syntax_groups =~ 'E28'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'E411'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'E415'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'No sytax items'
|
||||
return -1
|
||||
if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Abort names - match, links to, matchgroup=, start=, contains=, contained,
|
||||
" cluster=, nextgroup=, end=
|
||||
" Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} = ''
|
||||
" Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.&filetype)
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g')
|
||||
if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =~ '\w'
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( syntax_group_include_{&filetype},
|
||||
\ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Default the exclude group to nothing
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} = ''
|
||||
" Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.&filetype)
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g')
|
||||
if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =~ '\w'
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype},
|
||||
\ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
|
||||
" filetype. They can contain additional items added by the user
|
||||
" via autocmds or their vimrc.
|
||||
" Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
|
||||
" We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
|
||||
let next_group_regex = '\n' .
|
||||
\ '\zs'.&filetype.'\w\+\ze'.
|
||||
\ '\s\+xxx\s\+'.
|
||||
\ '\<\('.
|
||||
\ substitute(s:syn_remove_words, ',', '\\|', 'g').
|
||||
\ '\)\@!'
|
||||
\ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
|
||||
let syn_list = ''
|
||||
let index = 0
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
|
||||
while index > 0
|
||||
let group_name = matchstr( syntax_groups, '\w\+', index )
|
||||
let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
|
||||
|
||||
let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxGroupItems(group_name)
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 1
|
||||
" if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} == ''
|
||||
" if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
" if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
" let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" else
|
||||
" if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
" let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if get_syn_list == 1
|
||||
if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
|
||||
if get_syn_list == 1
|
||||
" Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
|
||||
" are interested in.
|
||||
let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
|
||||
|
||||
let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let index = index + strlen(group_name)
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
return sort(split(syn_list))
|
||||
" Convert the string to a List and sort it.
|
||||
let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
|
||||
|
||||
if &filetype == 'vim'
|
||||
let short_compl_list = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(compl_list))
|
||||
if i == len(compl_list)-1
|
||||
let next = i
|
||||
else
|
||||
let next = i + 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if compl_list[next] !~ '^'.compl_list[i].'.$'
|
||||
let short_compl_list += [compl_list[i]]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
return short_compl_list
|
||||
else
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
let saveL = @l
|
||||
|
||||
" Generate (based on the syntax highlight rules) a list of
|
||||
" the Statements, functions, keywords and so on available
|
||||
" If this needs updating, the syntax\sql.vim file should be
|
||||
" updated
|
||||
redir @l
|
||||
silent! exec 'syntax list ' . a:group_name
|
||||
redir END
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
|
||||
|
||||
if @l !~ 'E28'
|
||||
let syn_list = ""
|
||||
|
||||
" From the full syntax listing, strip out the portion for the
|
||||
" request group.
|
||||
" Query:
|
||||
" \n - must begin with a newline
|
||||
" a:group_name - the group name we are interested in
|
||||
" \s\+xxx\s\+ - group names are always followed by xxx
|
||||
" \zs - start the match
|
||||
" .\{-} - everything ...
|
||||
" \ze - end the match
|
||||
" \n\w - at the first newline starting with a character
|
||||
let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
|
||||
\ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze'."\n".'\w'
|
||||
\)
|
||||
|
||||
if syntax_group != ""
|
||||
" let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*\%(contained\s*\)\?', "", '' )
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
|
||||
" let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
|
||||
|
||||
" We only want the words for the lines begining with
|
||||
" containedin, but there could be other items.
|
||||
@@ -152,7 +242,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
" contained nextgroup=...
|
||||
" So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
|
||||
" keywords.
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<\('.
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( syntax_group, '\<\('.
|
||||
\ substitute(
|
||||
\ escape( s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
|
||||
\ , ',', '\\|', 'g').
|
||||
@@ -172,8 +262,6 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
let syn_list = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let @l = saveL
|
||||
|
||||
return syn_list
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
" tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
|
||||
" AUTOLOAD PORTION
|
||||
" Date: Dec 24, 2005
|
||||
" Date: Mar 27, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 7
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
|
||||
" License: Vim License (see vim's :help license)
|
||||
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ if exists("g:loaded_tar")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_tar= "v7"
|
||||
"call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Default Settings: {{{1
|
||||
@@ -34,6 +35,9 @@ endif
|
||||
if !exists("g:tar_readoptions")
|
||||
let g:tar_readoptions= "OPxf"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !exists("g:tar_cmd")
|
||||
let g:tar_cmd= "tar"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
|
||||
let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -50,14 +54,15 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
|
||||
" sanity checks
|
||||
if !executable("tar")
|
||||
echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "tar" not available on your system'
|
||||
if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
|
||||
echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
|
||||
call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
|
||||
let &report= repkeep
|
||||
" call Dret("tar#Browse")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !filereadable(a:tarfile)
|
||||
" call Decho('a:tarfile<'.a:tarfile.'> not filereadable')
|
||||
if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
|
||||
" if its an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
|
||||
echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
|
||||
@@ -80,20 +85,33 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
|
||||
set ft=tar
|
||||
|
||||
" give header
|
||||
" call Decho("printing header")
|
||||
exe "$put ='".'\"'." tar.vim version ".g:loaded_tar."'"
|
||||
exe "$put ='".'\"'." Browsing tarfile ".a:tarfile."'"
|
||||
exe "$put ='".'\"'." Select a file with cursor and press ENTER"."'"
|
||||
0d
|
||||
$
|
||||
|
||||
if a:tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
|
||||
exe "silent r! gzip -d -c '".a:tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
elseif a:tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
|
||||
exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c '".a:tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe "silent r! tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." '".a:tarfile."'"
|
||||
let tarfile= a:tarfile
|
||||
if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
|
||||
" assuming cygwin
|
||||
let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! gzip -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
|
||||
exe "silent r! gzip -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
|
||||
exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." '".tarfile."'")
|
||||
exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." '".tarfile."'"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if v:shell_error != 0
|
||||
echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) while browsing; check your g:tar_browseoptions<".g:tar_browseoptions.">"
|
||||
" call Dret("tar#Browse : w:tarfile<".w:tarfile.">")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
silent %g@/$@d
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal noma nomod ro
|
||||
noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
|
||||
@@ -121,12 +139,21 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
|
||||
" about to make a new window, need to use w:tarfile
|
||||
let tarfile= w:tarfile
|
||||
let curfile= expand("%")
|
||||
if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
|
||||
" assuming cygwin
|
||||
let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
new
|
||||
wincmd _
|
||||
let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
|
||||
" call Decho("exe e tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname)
|
||||
exe "e tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname
|
||||
" if has("unix")
|
||||
"" call Decho("exe e tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname)
|
||||
" exe "e tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname
|
||||
" elseif has("win32")
|
||||
" call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname,1)
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.':'.fname,1)
|
||||
filetype detect
|
||||
|
||||
let &report= repkeep
|
||||
@@ -141,7 +168,12 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
|
||||
let fname = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
" call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
|
||||
" assuming cygwin
|
||||
let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".tarfile),'\n$','','e')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("tarfile<".tarfile.">")
|
||||
" call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
|
||||
if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! gzip -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -OPxf - '".fname."'")
|
||||
@@ -151,7 +183,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
|
||||
exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c '".tarfile."'| tar -".g:tar_readoptions." - '".fname."'"
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! tar -".g:tar_readoptions." '".tarfile."' '".fname."'")
|
||||
exe "silent r! tar -".g:tar_readoptions." '".tarfile."' '".fname."'"
|
||||
exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." '".tarfile."' '".fname."'"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let w:tarfile= a:fname
|
||||
exe "file tarfile:".fname
|
||||
@@ -172,8 +204,8 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
|
||||
" sanity checks
|
||||
if !executable("tar")
|
||||
echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "tar" not available on your system'
|
||||
if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
|
||||
echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
|
||||
call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
|
||||
let &report= repkeep
|
||||
" call Dret("tar#Write")
|
||||
|
||||
254
runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
Normal file
254
runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
|
||||
" vimball : construct a file containing both paths and files
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Mar 31, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 6
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
|
||||
" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
|
||||
" (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
" No warranty, express or implied.
|
||||
" *** *** Use At-Your-Own-Risk! *** ***
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Load Once: {{{1
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:keepcpo = &cpo
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v6"
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" =====================================================================
|
||||
" Functions: {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
|
||||
" Vimball Format:
|
||||
" path
|
||||
" filesize
|
||||
" [file]
|
||||
" path
|
||||
" filesize
|
||||
" [file]
|
||||
fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,vimballname) range
|
||||
" call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:vimballname.">")
|
||||
let vbname= substitute(a:vimballname,'\.[^.]*$','','e').'.vba'
|
||||
if !a:writelevel && filereadable(vbname)
|
||||
echohl Error | echoerr "(MkVimball) file<".vbname."> exists; use ! to insist" | echohl None
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball : file<".vbname."> already exists; use ! to insist")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" user option bypass
|
||||
let eikeep= &ei
|
||||
set ei=all
|
||||
|
||||
let home = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
|
||||
let curdir = getcwd()
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
|
||||
" record current tab, initialize while loop index
|
||||
let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
|
||||
let linenr = a:line1
|
||||
" call Decho("curtabnr=".curtabnr)
|
||||
|
||||
while linenr <= a:line2
|
||||
let svfile = getline(linenr)
|
||||
" call Decho("svfile<".svfile.">")
|
||||
|
||||
if !filereadable(svfile)
|
||||
echohl Error | echo "unable to read file<".svfile.">" | echohl None
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" create/switch to mkvimball tab
|
||||
if !exists("vbtabnr")
|
||||
tabnew
|
||||
silent! file Vimball
|
||||
let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let lastline= line("$") + 1
|
||||
if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
|
||||
call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
|
||||
call setline(2,'UseVimball')
|
||||
call setline(3,'finish')
|
||||
let lastline= 4
|
||||
endif
|
||||
call setline(lastline ,svfile)
|
||||
call setline(lastline+1,0)
|
||||
exe "$r ".svfile
|
||||
call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
|
||||
" call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
|
||||
|
||||
" restore to normal tab
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
let linenr= linenr + 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" write the vimball
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
if a:writelevel
|
||||
exe "w! ".vbname
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe "w ".vbname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
|
||||
echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
|
||||
|
||||
" remove the evidence
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
|
||||
" restore options
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Vimball: {{{2
|
||||
fun! vimball#Vimball(really)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("Vimball(really=".a:really.")")
|
||||
|
||||
if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
|
||||
echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
|
||||
" call Dret("Vimball")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" initialize
|
||||
let regakeep = @a
|
||||
let eikeep = &ei
|
||||
let vekeep = &ve
|
||||
let makeep = getpos("'a")
|
||||
let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
|
||||
set ei=all ve=all
|
||||
|
||||
" set up vimball tab
|
||||
tabnew
|
||||
silent! file Vimball
|
||||
let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
|
||||
let didhelp= ""
|
||||
|
||||
" go to vim plugin home
|
||||
let home = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
|
||||
let curdir = getcwd()
|
||||
" call Decho("exe cd ".home)
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
let linenr = 4
|
||||
let filecnt = 0
|
||||
|
||||
" give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive" | echohl None
|
||||
else
|
||||
echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" apportion vimball contents to various files
|
||||
" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
" call Decho("linenr=".linenr." line$=".line("$"))
|
||||
while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
|
||||
let fname = getline(linenr)
|
||||
let fsize = getline(linenr+1)
|
||||
let filecnt = filecnt + 1
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echomsg "would extract <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho(linenr.": will extract file<".fname.">")
|
||||
" call Decho((linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)
|
||||
|
||||
" make directories if they don't exist yet
|
||||
let fnamebuf= fname
|
||||
while fnamebuf =~ '/'
|
||||
let dirname = substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','e')
|
||||
let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','e')
|
||||
if !isdirectory(dirname)
|
||||
" call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
|
||||
call mkdir(dirname)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
exe "cd ".dirname
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
|
||||
" grab specified qty of lines and place into "a" buffer
|
||||
exe linenr
|
||||
norm! jjma
|
||||
exe (linenr + fsize + 1)
|
||||
silent norm! "ay'a
|
||||
" call Decho("yanked ".fsize." lines into register-a")
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.txt$'
|
||||
let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.txt$','\1','e')
|
||||
" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" copy "a" buffer into tab
|
||||
" call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
silent! %d
|
||||
silent norm! "aPGdd1G
|
||||
" call Decho("rega<".@a.">")
|
||||
|
||||
" write tab to file
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
" call Decho("exe w! ".fname)
|
||||
exe "silent w! ".fname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
" let oldlinenr = linenr " Decho
|
||||
let linenr = linenr + fsize + 2
|
||||
" call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".oldlinenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] + 2 = ".linenr)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" set up help
|
||||
" call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
|
||||
if didhelp != ""
|
||||
" call Decho("exe helptags ".home."/".didhelp)
|
||||
exe "helptags ".home."/".didhelp
|
||||
echomsg "did helptags"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" make sure a "Press ENTER..." prompt appears to keep the messages showing!
|
||||
while filecnt <= &ch
|
||||
echomsg " "
|
||||
let filecnt= filecnt + 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" restore events, delete tab and buffer
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
let @a = regakeep
|
||||
if makeep[0] != 0
|
||||
" restore mark a
|
||||
" call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
|
||||
call setpos("'a",makeep)
|
||||
ka
|
||||
endif
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("Vimball")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo= s:keepcpo
|
||||
unlet s:keepcpo
|
||||
" =====================================================================
|
||||
" Modelines: {{{1
|
||||
" vim: fdm=marker
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: XML
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Feb 6
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 31
|
||||
|
||||
" This function will create Dictionary with users namespace strings and values
|
||||
" canonical (system) names of data files. Names should be lowercase,
|
||||
" descriptive to avoid any future conflicts. For example 'xhtml10s' should be
|
||||
" name for data of XHTML 1.0 Strict and 'xhtml10t' for XHTML 1.0 Transitional
|
||||
" User interface will be provided by XMLns command defined ...
|
||||
" User interface will be provided by XMLns command defined in ftplugin/xml.vim
|
||||
" Currently supported canonicals are:
|
||||
" xhtml10s - XHTML 1.0 Strict
|
||||
" xsl - XSL
|
||||
@@ -81,8 +81,9 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
let context_lines = getline(curline-i, curline)
|
||||
let b:compl_context = join(context_lines, ' ')
|
||||
break
|
||||
elseif context_line =~ '>[^<]*$'
|
||||
elseif context_line =~ '>[^<]*$' || i == curline
|
||||
" Normal tag line, no need for completion at all
|
||||
" OR reached first line without tag at all
|
||||
let b:compl_context = ''
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -223,8 +224,13 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
let attrs = ['encoding', 'version="1.0"', 'version']
|
||||
elseif tag =~ '^!'
|
||||
" Don't make completion at all
|
||||
"
|
||||
return []
|
||||
else
|
||||
if !has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, tag)
|
||||
" Abandon when data file isn't complete
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let attrs = keys(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1])
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -319,10 +325,17 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
let opentag = xmlcomplete#GetLastOpenTag("b:unaryTagsStack")
|
||||
let opentag = substitute(opentag, '^\k*:', '', '')
|
||||
if opentag == ''
|
||||
return []
|
||||
"return []
|
||||
let tags = keys(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]})
|
||||
call filter(tags, 'v:val !~ "^vimxml"')
|
||||
else
|
||||
if !has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, tag)
|
||||
" Abandon when data file isn't complete
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
|
||||
let context = substitute(context, '^\k*:', '', '')
|
||||
|
||||
for m in tags
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
|
||||
" AUTOLOAD PORTION
|
||||
" Date: Dec 21, 2005
|
||||
" Version: 6
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 7
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
|
||||
" License: Vim License (see vim's :help license)
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ if exists("g:loaded_zip")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip= "v6"
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip = "v7"
|
||||
let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
|
||||
|
||||
" ----------------
|
||||
" Functions: {{{1
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
|
||||
" call Dret("zip#Browse : file<".a:zipfile."> not readable")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("passed sanity checks")
|
||||
if &ma != 1
|
||||
set ma
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -73,10 +75,15 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
|
||||
0d
|
||||
$
|
||||
|
||||
exe "silent r! unzip -l ".a:zipfile
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! unzip -l '".a:zipfile."'")
|
||||
exe "silent r! unzip -l '".a:zipfile."'"
|
||||
" call Decho("line 6: ".getline(6))
|
||||
let namecol= stridx(getline(6),'Name') + 1
|
||||
" call Decho("namecol=".namecol)
|
||||
4,$g/^\s*----/d
|
||||
4,$g/^\s*\a/d
|
||||
$d
|
||||
silent 4,$v/^\s\+\d\+\s\{0,5}\d/d
|
||||
silent 4,$s/^\%(.*\)\s\+\(\S\)/\1/
|
||||
exe 'silent 4,$s/^.*\%'.namecol.'c//'
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal noma nomod ro
|
||||
noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
|
||||
@@ -112,11 +119,14 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
|
||||
" get zipfile to the new-window
|
||||
let zipfile= substitute(w:zipfile,'.zip$','','e')
|
||||
let curfile= expand("%")
|
||||
" call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
|
||||
" call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
|
||||
|
||||
new
|
||||
wincmd _
|
||||
let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
|
||||
exe "e zipfile:".zipfile.':'.fname
|
||||
" call Decho("exe e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.escape(fname,s:zipfile_escape))
|
||||
exe "e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.escape(fname,s:zipfile_escape)
|
||||
filetype detect
|
||||
|
||||
let &report= repkeep
|
||||
@@ -130,11 +140,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
|
||||
let repkeep= &report
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
|
||||
let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
|
||||
let fname = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):[^\\].*$','\1','')
|
||||
let fname = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
" call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
|
||||
exe "r! unzip -p ".zipfile." ".fname
|
||||
" call Decho("exe r! unzip -p '".zipfile."' '".fname."'")
|
||||
exe "silent r! unzip -p '".zipfile."' '".fname."'"
|
||||
|
||||
" cleanup
|
||||
0d
|
||||
@@ -147,7 +158,7 @@ endfun
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" zip#Write: {{{2
|
||||
fun! zip#Write(fname)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("zip#Write(fname<".a:fname.") zipfile_".winnr()."<".s:zipfile_{winnr()}.">")
|
||||
" call Dfunc("zip#Write(fname<".a:fname.">) zipfile_".winnr()."<".s:zipfile_{winnr()}.">")
|
||||
let repkeep= &report
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -204,6 +215,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
|
||||
if executable("cygpath")
|
||||
let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".dirpath),'\n','','e')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("mkdir(dirpath<".dirpath.">,p)")
|
||||
call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if zipfile !~ '/'
|
||||
@@ -211,13 +223,13 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
|
||||
exe "w! ".fname
|
||||
exe "w! ".escape(fname,s:zipfile_escape)
|
||||
if executable("cygpath")
|
||||
let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".zipfile),'\n','','e')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("zip -u ".zipfile.".zip ".fname)
|
||||
call system("zip -u ".zipfile.".zip ".fname)
|
||||
" call Decho("zip -u '".zipfile.".zip' '".fname."'")
|
||||
call system("zip -u '".zipfile.".zip' '".fname."'")
|
||||
if v:shell_error != 0
|
||||
echohl Error | echo "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, unable to update ".zipfile." with ".fname | echohl None
|
||||
call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
" vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
|
||||
" Vim color file
|
||||
" Maintainer: Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2003 May 02
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 26
|
||||
|
||||
hi clear
|
||||
set background=dark
|
||||
@@ -37,6 +37,12 @@ hi PreProc term=underline ctermfg=darkblue guifg=#ff80ff
|
||||
hi Type term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=lightgreen gui=bold guifg=#60ff60
|
||||
hi Error term=reverse ctermfg=darkcyan ctermbg=black guifg=Red guibg=Black
|
||||
hi Todo term=standout ctermfg=black ctermbg=darkcyan guifg=Blue guibg=Yellow
|
||||
hi CursorLine term=underline guibg=#555555
|
||||
hi CursorColumn term=underline guibg=#555555
|
||||
hi MatchParen term=reverse guibg=Blue
|
||||
hi TabLine term=bold,reverse cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
|
||||
hi TabLineFill term=bold,reverse cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
|
||||
hi TabLineSel term=reverse ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
|
||||
hi link IncSearch Visual
|
||||
hi link String Constant
|
||||
hi link Character Constant
|
||||
|
||||
55
runtime/colors/slate.vim
Normal file
55
runtime/colors/slate.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
"%% SiSU Vim color file
|
||||
" Slate Maintainer: Ralph Amissah <ralph@amissah.com>
|
||||
" (originally looked at desert Hans Fugal <hans@fugal.net> http://hans.fugal.net/vim/colors/desert.vim (2003/05/06 16:37:49)
|
||||
:set background=dark
|
||||
:highlight clear
|
||||
if version > 580
|
||||
hi clear
|
||||
if exists("syntax_on")
|
||||
syntax reset
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
:hi Normal guifg=White guibg=grey15
|
||||
:hi Cursor guibg=khaki guifg=slategrey
|
||||
:hi VertSplit guibg=#c2bfa5 guifg=grey40 gui=none cterm=reverse
|
||||
:hi Folded guibg=black guifg=grey40 ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkgrey
|
||||
:hi FoldColumn guibg=black guifg=grey20 ctermfg=4 ctermbg=7
|
||||
:hi IncSearch guifg=green guibg=black cterm=none ctermfg=yellow ctermbg=green
|
||||
:hi ModeMsg guifg=goldenrod cterm=none ctermfg=brown
|
||||
:hi MoreMsg guifg=SeaGreen ctermfg=darkgreen
|
||||
:hi NonText guifg=RoyalBlue guibg=grey15 cterm=bold ctermfg=blue
|
||||
:hi Question guifg=springgreen ctermfg=green
|
||||
:hi Search guibg=peru guifg=wheat cterm=none ctermfg=grey ctermbg=blue
|
||||
:hi SpecialKey guifg=yellowgreen ctermfg=darkgreen
|
||||
:hi StatusLine guibg=#c2bfa5 guifg=black gui=none cterm=bold,reverse
|
||||
:hi StatusLineNC guibg=#c2bfa5 guifg=grey40 gui=none cterm=reverse
|
||||
:hi Title guifg=gold gui=bold cterm=bold ctermfg=yellow
|
||||
:hi Statement guifg=CornflowerBlue ctermfg=lightblue
|
||||
:hi Visual gui=none guifg=khaki guibg=olivedrab cterm=reverse
|
||||
:hi WarningMsg guifg=salmon ctermfg=1
|
||||
:hi String guifg=SkyBlue ctermfg=darkcyan
|
||||
:hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=11 guifg=#80a0ff
|
||||
:hi Constant guifg=#ffa0a0 ctermfg=brown
|
||||
:hi Special guifg=green ctermfg=brown
|
||||
:hi Identifier guifg=salmon ctermfg=red
|
||||
:hi Include guifg=red ctermfg=red
|
||||
:hi PreProc guifg=red guibg=white ctermfg=red
|
||||
:hi Operator guifg=Red ctermfg=Red
|
||||
":hi Operator guifg=CornflowerBlue ctermfg=darkcyan
|
||||
:hi Define guifg=gold gui=bold ctermfg=yellow
|
||||
:hi Type guifg=darkkhaki ctermfg=2
|
||||
:hi Function guifg=navajowhite ctermfg=brown
|
||||
:hi LineNr guifg=grey50 ctermfg=3
|
||||
:hi Ignore guifg=grey40 cterm=bold ctermfg=7
|
||||
:hi Todo guifg=orangered guibg=yellow2
|
||||
:hi Directory ctermfg=darkcyan
|
||||
:hi ErrorMsg cterm=bold guifg=White guibg=Red cterm=bold ctermfg=7 ctermbg=1
|
||||
:hi VisualNOS cterm=bold,underline
|
||||
:hi WildMenu ctermfg=0 ctermbg=3
|
||||
:hi DiffAdd ctermbg=4
|
||||
:hi DiffChange ctermbg=5
|
||||
:hi DiffDelete cterm=bold ctermfg=4 ctermbg=6
|
||||
:hi DiffText cterm=bold ctermbg=1
|
||||
:hi Underlined cterm=underline ctermfg=5
|
||||
:hi Error guifg=White guibg=Red cterm=bold ctermfg=7 ctermbg=1
|
||||
:hi SpellErrors guifg=White guibg=Red cterm=bold ctermfg=7 ctermbg=1
|
||||
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
farsi.txt \
|
||||
filetype.txt \
|
||||
fold.txt \
|
||||
getscript.txt \
|
||||
gui.txt \
|
||||
gui_w16.txt \
|
||||
gui_w32.txt \
|
||||
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
pattern.txt \
|
||||
pi_gzip.txt \
|
||||
pi_netrw.txt \
|
||||
pi_paren.txt \
|
||||
pi_spec.txt \
|
||||
pi_tar.txt \
|
||||
pi_zip.txt \
|
||||
@@ -88,7 +90,9 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
sponsor.txt \
|
||||
starting.txt \
|
||||
spell.txt \
|
||||
sql.txt \
|
||||
syntax.txt \
|
||||
tabpage.txt \
|
||||
tagsrch.txt \
|
||||
term.txt \
|
||||
tips.txt \
|
||||
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
usr_29.txt \
|
||||
usr_30.txt \
|
||||
usr_31.txt \
|
||||
usr_32.txt \
|
||||
usr_40.txt \
|
||||
usr_41.txt \
|
||||
usr_42.txt \
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +138,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
version6.txt \
|
||||
version7.txt \
|
||||
vi_diff.txt \
|
||||
vimball.txt \
|
||||
visual.txt \
|
||||
windows.txt \
|
||||
workshop.txt
|
||||
@@ -152,13 +158,13 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
farsi.html \
|
||||
filetype.html \
|
||||
fold.html \
|
||||
getscript.html \
|
||||
gui.html \
|
||||
gui_w16.html \
|
||||
gui_w32.html \
|
||||
gui_x11.html \
|
||||
hangulin.html \
|
||||
hebrew.html \
|
||||
help.html \
|
||||
howto.html \
|
||||
if_cscop.html \
|
||||
if_mzsch.html \
|
||||
@@ -170,6 +176,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
if_tcl.html \
|
||||
indent.html \
|
||||
index.html \
|
||||
vimindex.html \
|
||||
insert.html \
|
||||
intro.html \
|
||||
map.html \
|
||||
@@ -195,6 +202,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
pattern.html \
|
||||
pi_gzip.html \
|
||||
pi_netrw.html \
|
||||
pi_paren.html \
|
||||
pi_spec.html \
|
||||
print.html \
|
||||
quickfix.html \
|
||||
@@ -210,7 +218,9 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
sponsor.html \
|
||||
starting.html \
|
||||
spell.html \
|
||||
sql.html \
|
||||
syntax.html \
|
||||
tabpage.html \
|
||||
tagsrch.html \
|
||||
tags.html \
|
||||
term.html \
|
||||
@@ -242,6 +252,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
usr_29.html \
|
||||
usr_30.html \
|
||||
usr_31.html \
|
||||
usr_32.html \
|
||||
usr_40.html \
|
||||
usr_41.html \
|
||||
usr_42.html \
|
||||
@@ -256,6 +267,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
version6.html \
|
||||
version7.html \
|
||||
vi_diff.html \
|
||||
vimball.txt \
|
||||
visual.html \
|
||||
windows.html \
|
||||
workshop.html
|
||||
@@ -321,6 +333,14 @@ noerrors:
|
||||
.txt.html:
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk $< >$@
|
||||
|
||||
# index.html is the starting point for HTML, but for the help files it is
|
||||
# help.txt. Therefore use vimindex.html for index.txt.
|
||||
index.html: help.txt
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk help.txt >index.html
|
||||
|
||||
vimindex.html: index.txt
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk index.txt >vimindex.html
|
||||
|
||||
tags.ref tags.html: tags
|
||||
$(AWK) -f maketags.awk tags >tags.html
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -389,6 +409,8 @@ os_risc.txt:
|
||||
os_win32.txt:
|
||||
touch os_win32.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that $< works with GNU make while $> works for BSD make.
|
||||
# Is there a solution that works for both??
|
||||
vim-fr.UTF-8.1: vim-fr.1
|
||||
iconv -f latin1 -t utf-8 $< >$@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 13
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 07
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -270,11 +270,17 @@ Name triggered by ~
|
||||
|
||||
Various
|
||||
|FileChangedShell| Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
|
||||
|FileChangedShellPost| After handling a file changed since editing started
|
||||
|FileChangedRO| before making the first change to a read-only file
|
||||
|
||||
|ShellCmdPost| after executing a shell command
|
||||
|ShellFilterPost| after filtering with a shell command
|
||||
|
||||
|FuncUndefined| a user function is used but it isn't defined
|
||||
|SpellFileMissing| a spell file is used but it can't be found
|
||||
|SourcePre| before sourcing a Vim script
|
||||
|
||||
|VimResized| after the Vim window size changed
|
||||
|FocusGained| Vim got input focus
|
||||
|FocusLost| Vim lost input focus
|
||||
|CursorHold| the user doesn't press a key for a while
|
||||
@@ -284,6 +290,8 @@ Name triggered by ~
|
||||
|
||||
|WinEnter| after entering another window
|
||||
|WinLeave| before leaving a window
|
||||
|TabEnter| after entering another tab page
|
||||
|TabLeave| before leaving a tab page
|
||||
|CmdwinEnter| after entering the command-line window
|
||||
|CmdwinLeave| before leaving the command-line window
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -469,6 +477,8 @@ CursorHoldI Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*CursorMoved*
|
||||
CursorMoved After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
|
||||
Also when the text of the cursor line has been
|
||||
changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
|
||||
Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
|
||||
an operator is pending.
|
||||
For an example see |match-parens|.
|
||||
@@ -496,10 +506,14 @@ FileChangedRO Before making the first change to a read-only
|
||||
the change was caused by an autocommand.
|
||||
This event is triggered when making the first
|
||||
change in a buffer or the first change after
|
||||
'readonly' was set,
|
||||
just before the change is applied to the text.
|
||||
'readonly' was set, just before the change is
|
||||
applied to the text.
|
||||
WARNING: If the autocommand moves the cursor
|
||||
the effect of the change is undefined.
|
||||
*E788*
|
||||
It is not allowed to change to another buffer
|
||||
here. You can reload the buffer but not edit
|
||||
another one.
|
||||
*FileChangedShell*
|
||||
FileChangedShell When Vim notices that the modification time of
|
||||
a file has changed since editing started.
|
||||
@@ -529,6 +543,9 @@ FileChangedShell When Vim notices that the modification time of
|
||||
commands for the FileChangedShell event no
|
||||
other FileChangedShell event will be
|
||||
triggered.
|
||||
*FileChangedShellPost*
|
||||
FileChangedShellPost After handling a file that was changed outside
|
||||
of Vim. Can be used to update the statusline.
|
||||
*FileEncoding*
|
||||
FileEncoding Obsolete. It still works and is equivalent
|
||||
to |EncodingChanged|.
|
||||
@@ -662,6 +679,16 @@ RemoteReply When a reply from a Vim that functions as
|
||||
*SessionLoadPost*
|
||||
SessionLoadPost After loading the session file created using
|
||||
the |:mksession| command.
|
||||
*ShellCmdPost*
|
||||
ShellCmdPost After executing a shell command with |:!cmd|,
|
||||
|:shell|, |:make| and |:grep|. Can be used to
|
||||
check for any changed files.
|
||||
*ShellFilterPost*
|
||||
ShellFilterPost After executing a shell command with
|
||||
":{range}!cmd", ":w !cmd" or ":r !cmd".
|
||||
Can be used to check for any changed files.
|
||||
*SourcePre*
|
||||
SourcePre Before sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
|
||||
*SpellFileMissing*
|
||||
SpellFileMissing When trying to load a spell checking file and
|
||||
it can't be found. <amatch> is the language,
|
||||
@@ -704,6 +731,14 @@ Syntax When the 'syntax' option has been set.
|
||||
where this option was set, and <amatch> for
|
||||
the new value of 'syntax'.
|
||||
See |:syn-on|.
|
||||
*TabEnter*
|
||||
TabEnter Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
Before triggering the WinEnter and BufEnter
|
||||
events.
|
||||
*TabLeave*
|
||||
TabLeave Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
A WinLeave event will have been triggered
|
||||
first.
|
||||
*TermChanged*
|
||||
TermChanged After the value of 'term' has changed. Useful
|
||||
for re-loading the syntax file to update the
|
||||
@@ -738,6 +773,10 @@ VimLeavePre Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
|
||||
Mostly useful with a "*" pattern. >
|
||||
:autocmd VimLeavePre * call CleanupStuff()
|
||||
< To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
|
||||
*VimResized*
|
||||
VimResized After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
|
||||
and/or 'columns' changed. Not when starting
|
||||
up though.
|
||||
*WinEnter*
|
||||
WinEnter After entering another window. Not done for
|
||||
the first window, when Vim has just started.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 15
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -728,6 +728,7 @@ Examples: >
|
||||
:s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
|
||||
:s/abcde/abc^Mde/ modifies "abcde" to "abc", "de" (two lines)
|
||||
:s/$/\^M/ modifies "abcde" to "abcde^M"
|
||||
:s/\w\+/\u\0/g modifies "bla bla" to "Bla Bla"
|
||||
|
||||
Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way. Since this is
|
||||
not Vi compatible, this was removed. Use a backslash instead.
|
||||
@@ -765,6 +766,10 @@ break the line.
|
||||
For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break. Prepend a
|
||||
backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
|
||||
|
||||
When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
|
||||
breaks. Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
|
||||
breaks themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)". The text matched
|
||||
with the first pair of () with "submatch(1)". Likewise for further
|
||||
sub-matches in ().
|
||||
@@ -1537,6 +1542,9 @@ found here: |sort()|.
|
||||
< To sort on the text at virtual column 10 (thus
|
||||
ignoring the difference between tabs and spaces): >
|
||||
:sort /.*\%10v/
|
||||
< To sort on the first number in the line, no matter
|
||||
what is in front of it: >
|
||||
:sort /.*\ze\d/
|
||||
<
|
||||
Note that using ":sort" with ":global" doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
|
||||
quite useless.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 01
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -172,8 +172,11 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-A *c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
|
||||
'path' as in |gf|
|
||||
CTRL-W the Word under the cursor
|
||||
CTRL-A the WORD under the cursor; see |WORD|
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position of the currently
|
||||
displayed match is used.
|
||||
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position at the end of the
|
||||
currently displayed match is used. With CTRL-W the part of
|
||||
the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
|
||||
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when +file_in_path feature is
|
||||
included}
|
||||
@@ -354,6 +357,7 @@ word before the cursor. This is available for:
|
||||
- File names: Only after a command that accepts a file name or a setting for
|
||||
an option that can be set to a file name. This is called file name
|
||||
completion.
|
||||
- Shell command names: After ":!cmd", ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd". $PATH is used.
|
||||
- Options: Only after the ":set" command.
|
||||
- Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
|
||||
- Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
|
||||
@@ -398,6 +402,9 @@ CTRL-L A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor. If
|
||||
If there are multiple matches the longest common part is
|
||||
inserted in place of the pattern. If the result is shorter
|
||||
than the pattern, no completion is done.
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
|
||||
"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-L will add
|
||||
one character from the end of the current match.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
|
||||
a previous version <Esc> was used). In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
|
||||
@@ -742,8 +749,9 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
|
||||
<afile> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
|
||||
for a file read or write
|
||||
<abuf> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
|
||||
effective buffer number (for ":r file" it is the current
|
||||
buffer, the file being read is not in a buffer).
|
||||
effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
|
||||
the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
|
||||
buffer).
|
||||
<amatch> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
|
||||
which this autocommand was executed. It differs from
|
||||
<afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
|
||||
@@ -970,6 +978,11 @@ that there will be an extra screen redraw.
|
||||
The buffer used for the command-line window is deleted. Any changes to lines
|
||||
other than the one that is executed with <CR> are lost.
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to execute the command under the cursor and then have the
|
||||
command-line window open again, you may find this mapping useful: >
|
||||
|
||||
:map <F5> <CR>q:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VARIOUS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Dec 17
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Dec 17
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 12
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ VIM IS... NOT *design-not*
|
||||
A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
|
||||
everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
|
||||
with it. ;-)"
|
||||
To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
|
||||
- Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
|
||||
being less consistent over all platforms. But functional GUI features are
|
||||
welcomed.
|
||||
@@ -187,8 +188,8 @@ strchr() vim_strchr() Accepts special characters
|
||||
strrchr() vim_strrchr() Accepts special characters
|
||||
isspace() vim_isspace() Can handle characters > 128
|
||||
iswhite() vim_iswhite() Only TRUE for Tab and space
|
||||
memcpy() vim_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
bcopy() vim_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
memcpy() mch_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
bcopy() mch_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
memset() vim_memset() Uniform for all systems
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*diff.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 22
|
||||
*diff.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 04
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -41,12 +41,18 @@ the file.
|
||||
|
||||
This only works when a standard "diff" command is available. See 'diffexpr'.
|
||||
|
||||
Diffs are local to the current tab page |tab-page|. You can't see diffs with
|
||||
a window in another tab page. This does make it possible to have several
|
||||
diffs at the same time, each in their own tab page.
|
||||
|
||||
What happens is that Vim opens a window for each of the files. This is like
|
||||
using the |-O| argument. This uses vertical splits. If you prefer horizontal
|
||||
splits add the |-o| argument: >
|
||||
|
||||
vimdiff -o file1 file2 [file3]
|
||||
|
||||
If you always prefer horizontal splits include "horizontal" in 'diffopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
In each of the edited files these options are set:
|
||||
|
||||
'diff' on
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
|
||||
'scrollopt' includes "hor"
|
||||
'wrap' off
|
||||
'foldmethod' "diff"
|
||||
'foldcolumn' 2
|
||||
'foldcolumn' value from 'diffopt', default is 2
|
||||
|
||||
These options are set local to the window. When editing another file they are
|
||||
reset to the global value.
|
||||
@@ -103,7 +109,9 @@ To make these commands use a vertical split, prepend |:vertical|. Examples: >
|
||||
|
||||
:vert diffsplit main.c~
|
||||
:vert diffpatch /tmp/diff
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
If you always prefer a vertical split include "vertical" in 'diffopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
*E96*
|
||||
There can be up to four buffers with 'diff' set.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
|
||||
*:diffo* *:diffoff*
|
||||
:diffoff Switch off diff mode for the current window.
|
||||
|
||||
:diffoff! Switch off diff mode for all windows.
|
||||
:diffoff! Switch off diff mode for all windows in the current tab page.
|
||||
|
||||
The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
|
||||
This may be different from what the values were before diff mode was started,
|
||||
@@ -264,6 +272,10 @@ buffer: >
|
||||
Note that deleted lines are displayed, but not counted as text lines. You
|
||||
can't move the cursor into them. To fill the deleted lines with the lines
|
||||
from another buffer use ":diffget" on the line below them.
|
||||
*E787*
|
||||
When the buffer that is about to be modified is read-only and the autocommand
|
||||
that is triggered by |FileChangedRO| changes buffers the command will fail.
|
||||
The autocommand must not change buffers.
|
||||
|
||||
The [bufspec] argument above can be a buffer number, a pattern for a buffer
|
||||
name or a part of a buffer name. Examples:
|
||||
@@ -374,8 +386,8 @@ will have the same effect. These variables are set to the file names used:
|
||||
|
||||
Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
|
||||
|
||||
let patchexpr=MyPatch
|
||||
function MyPatch
|
||||
set patchexpr=MyPatch()
|
||||
function MyPatch()
|
||||
:call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
|
||||
\ " < " . v:fname_diff)
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 11
|
||||
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Sep 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -313,6 +313,8 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
|
||||
in the 'path' is edited.
|
||||
This command fails if Vim refuses to |abandon| the
|
||||
current file.
|
||||
If you want to edit the file in a new window use
|
||||
|CTRL-W_CTRL-F|.
|
||||
If you do want to edit a new file, use: >
|
||||
:e <cfile>
|
||||
< To make gf always work like that: >
|
||||
@@ -334,6 +336,22 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
|
||||
(For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
||||
{not in VI}
|
||||
|
||||
*gF*
|
||||
[count]gF Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
|
||||
name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
|
||||
the file. The file name and the number must be
|
||||
separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
|
||||
non-numeric character. White space between the
|
||||
filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
eval.c:10
|
||||
eval.c @ 20
|
||||
eval.c (30)
|
||||
eval.c 40
|
||||
<
|
||||
*v_gF*
|
||||
{Visual}[count]gF Same as "v_gf".
|
||||
|
||||
These commands are used to start editing a single file. This means that the
|
||||
file is read into the buffer and the current file name is set. The file that
|
||||
is opened depends on the current directory, see |:cd|.
|
||||
@@ -398,20 +416,26 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
|
||||
external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
|
||||
:e `=tempname()`
|
||||
The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
|
||||
avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.
|
||||
avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'. Names are to be separated
|
||||
with line breaks. When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
|
||||
name. Line breaks also separate names.
|
||||
|
||||
*++opt* *[++opt]*
|
||||
The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
|
||||
'fileencoding' or 'binary' to a value for one command, and to specify the
|
||||
behavior for bad characters. The form is: >
|
||||
++{optname}
|
||||
Or: >
|
||||
++{optname}={value}
|
||||
|
||||
Where {optname} is one of: *++ff* *++enc* *++bin* *++nobin*
|
||||
Where {optname} is one of: *++ff* *++enc* *++bin* *++nobin* *++edit*
|
||||
ff or fileformat overrides 'fileformat'
|
||||
enc or encoding overrides 'fileencoding'
|
||||
bin or binary sets 'binary'
|
||||
nobin or nobinary resets 'binary'
|
||||
bad specifies behavior for bad characters
|
||||
edit for |:read| only: keep option values as if editing
|
||||
a file
|
||||
|
||||
{value} cannot contain white space. It can be any valid value for these
|
||||
options. Examples: >
|
||||
@@ -803,7 +827,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
|
||||
each file.
|
||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+listcmds| feature}
|
||||
Also see |:windo| and |:bufdo|.
|
||||
Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:args *.c
|
||||
@@ -879,6 +903,7 @@ used, for example, when the write fails and you want to try again later with
|
||||
The [!] is needed to overwrite an existing file.
|
||||
When 'filetype' is empty filetype detection is done
|
||||
with the new name, before the file is written.
|
||||
When the write was successful 'readonly' is reset.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:up* *:update*
|
||||
@@ -1014,6 +1039,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
|
||||
Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
|
||||
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
||||
edited.
|
||||
If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
|
||||
window in the current tab page the current tab page is
|
||||
closed |tab-page|.
|
||||
|
||||
:conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
|
||||
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
53
runtime/doc/evim-pl.1
Normal file
53
runtime/doc/evim-pl.1
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
.TH EVIM 1 "2002 Lut 16"
|
||||
.SH NAZWA
|
||||
evim \- łatwy Vim, edytuj plik w Vimie z ustawieniami dla edycji bez
|
||||
trybów
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.B evim
|
||||
[opcje] [plik ...]
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.B eview
|
||||
.SH OPIS
|
||||
.B eVim
|
||||
uruchamia
|
||||
.B Vima
|
||||
i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywał się jak edytor bez trybów.
|
||||
To jest cały czas Vim ale używany jako edytor wskaż-i-kliknij.
|
||||
Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
|
||||
.B eVim
|
||||
będzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by włączyć menu i pasek narzędzi.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie potrafią pracować
|
||||
z Vimem w normalny sposób. Edycja będzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B eview
|
||||
działa tak samo, ale zaczyna w trybie tylko do odczytu. Działa tak
|
||||
samo jak evim \-R.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Zobacz vim(1) by poznać więcej szczegółów o Vimie, opcjach, itd.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by można było od razu wpisywać
|
||||
tekst.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
Mapowania są ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie działało
|
||||
z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
|
||||
a CTRL-V wkleja. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne znaczenie
|
||||
CTRL-V.
|
||||
.SH OPCJE
|
||||
Zobacz vim(1).
|
||||
.SH PLIKI
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
|
||||
Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
|
||||
.SH ZNANY JAKO
|
||||
Znany jako "Vim dla frajerów".
|
||||
Jeśli używasz evima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
|
||||
zrobisz węzęł w każdym rogu i będziesz to nosił na głowie.
|
||||
.SH ZOBACZ TAKŻE
|
||||
vim(1)
|
||||
.SH AUTOR
|
||||
Większość
|
||||
.B Vima
|
||||
została napisana przez Brama Moolenaara z dużą pomocą innych osób.
|
||||
Zobacz menu Help/Credits.
|
||||
53
runtime/doc/evim-pl.UTF-8.1
Normal file
53
runtime/doc/evim-pl.UTF-8.1
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
.TH EVIM 1 "2002 Lut 16"
|
||||
.SH NAZWA
|
||||
evim \- łatwy Vim, edytuj plik w Vimie z ustawieniami dla edycji bez
|
||||
trybów
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.B evim
|
||||
[opcje] [plik ...]
|
||||
.br
|
||||
.B eview
|
||||
.SH OPIS
|
||||
.B eVim
|
||||
uruchamia
|
||||
.B Vima
|
||||
i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywał się jak edytor bez trybów.
|
||||
To jest cały czas Vim ale używany jako edytor wskaż-i-kliknij.
|
||||
Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
|
||||
.B eVim
|
||||
będzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by włączyć menu i pasek narzędzi.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie potrafią pracować
|
||||
z Vimem w normalny sposób. Edycja będzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.B eview
|
||||
działa tak samo, ale zaczyna w trybie tylko do odczytu. Działa tak
|
||||
samo jak evim \-R.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Zobacz vim(1) by poznać więcej szczegółów o Vimie, opcjach, itd.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by można było od razu wpisywać
|
||||
tekst.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
Mapowania są ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie działało
|
||||
z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
|
||||
a CTRL-V wkleja. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne znaczenie
|
||||
CTRL-V.
|
||||
.SH OPCJE
|
||||
Zobacz vim(1).
|
||||
.SH PLIKI
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
|
||||
Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
|
||||
.SH ZNANY JAKO
|
||||
Znany jako "Vim dla frajerów".
|
||||
Jeśli używasz evima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
|
||||
zrobisz węzęł w każdym rogu i będziesz to nosił na głowie.
|
||||
.SH ZOBACZ TAKŻE
|
||||
vim(1)
|
||||
.SH AUTOR
|
||||
Większość
|
||||
.B Vima
|
||||
została napisana przez Brama Moolenaara z dużą pomocą innych osób.
|
||||
Zobacz menu Help/Credits.
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 16
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
|
||||
*.i g:filetype_i |ft-progress-syntax|
|
||||
*.p g:filetype_p |ft-pascal-syntax|
|
||||
*.sh g:bash_is_sh |ft-sh-syntax|
|
||||
*.tex g:tex_flavor |ft-tex-plugin|
|
||||
|
||||
*filetype-ignore*
|
||||
To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
|
||||
@@ -536,4 +537,22 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
|
||||
file: |pi_spec.txt|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SQL *ft-sql*
|
||||
|
||||
Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
|
||||
file: |sql.txt|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TEX *ft-tex-plugin*
|
||||
|
||||
If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
|
||||
%&<format>
|
||||
then this determined the file type: plaintex (for plain TeX), context (for
|
||||
ConTeXt), or tex (for LaTeX). Otherwise, the file is searched for keywords to
|
||||
choose context or tex. If no keywords are found, it defaults to plaintex.
|
||||
You can change the default by defining the variable g:tex_flavor to the format
|
||||
(not the file type) you use most: plain or context or latex. (Currently no
|
||||
other formats are recognized.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*fold.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 10
|
||||
*fold.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ level of the previous line.
|
||||
|
||||
There must be no side effects from the expression. The text in the buffer,
|
||||
cursor position, the search patterns, options etc. must not be changed.
|
||||
You can change and restore them if you are careful.
|
||||
|
||||
If there is some error in the expression, or the resulting value isn't
|
||||
recognized, there is no error message and the fold level will be zero.
|
||||
|
||||
303
runtime/doc/getscript.txt
Normal file
303
runtime/doc/getscript.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
||||
*getscript.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
Get the Latest VimScripts
|
||||
|
||||
Authors: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from the email address)
|
||||
*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2005 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE applies to GetLatestVimScripts.vim and
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.txt (see |copyright|) except use
|
||||
"GetLatestVimScripts" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *glvs-contents*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Contents.......................................: |glvs-contents|
|
||||
2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage......................: |glvs|
|
||||
3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File..................: |glvs-data|
|
||||
4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins....................: |glvs-plugins|
|
||||
5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall................: |glvs-autoinstall|
|
||||
6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm..................: |glvs-alg|
|
||||
7. GetLatestVimScripts History....................: |glvs-hist|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage *getlatestvimscripts* *getscript* *glvs*
|
||||
|
||||
While in vim, type
|
||||
>
|
||||
:GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
<
|
||||
Unless its been defined elsewhere,
|
||||
>
|
||||
:GLVS
|
||||
<
|
||||
will also work.
|
||||
|
||||
The script will attempt to update and, if so directed, automatically
|
||||
install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/. To do so it will
|
||||
peruse a file, [.vim|vimfiles]/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
|
||||
directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
|
||||
|
||||
Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the .../GetLatest
|
||||
subdirectory.
|
||||
|
||||
The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
|
||||
reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File *getlatestvimscripts-data* *glvs-data*
|
||||
|
||||
The Data file has a header which should appear as:
|
||||
>
|
||||
ScriptID SourceID Filename
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
<
|
||||
Below that are three columns; the first two are numeric followed by a
|
||||
text column.
|
||||
|
||||
The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID. When
|
||||
you're about to use a web browser to look at scripts on
|
||||
http://vim.sf.net/, just before you click on the script's link, you'll
|
||||
see a line resembling
|
||||
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
|
||||
|
||||
The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
|
||||
download the associated page.
|
||||
|
||||
The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID. The
|
||||
SourceID records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by
|
||||
vim.sf.net; hence it serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded.
|
||||
Setting the SourceID to 1 insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume
|
||||
that the script it has is out-of-date.
|
||||
|
||||
The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's
|
||||
page on vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her
|
||||
plugin, the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build
|
||||
your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on
|
||||
other scripts it may have.
|
||||
|
||||
If your comment field begins with :AutoInstall:, GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
will attempt to automatically install the script. Thus,
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a comprehensive ability to keep your
|
||||
plugins up-to-date!
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins *getlatestvimscripts-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their
|
||||
plugin, GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to build user's
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
|
||||
>
|
||||
src_id
|
||||
v
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
|
||||
^
|
||||
scriptid
|
||||
<
|
||||
As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own
|
||||
script plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it
|
||||
may have. Same format, of course!
|
||||
|
||||
If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most
|
||||
scripts are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of
|
||||
"yourscriptname".
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScript commands for those scripts are then appended, if
|
||||
not already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
file. Its a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of
|
||||
any scripts your plugins depend upon.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to
|
||||
download your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your
|
||||
not-yet-released hard work. GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution
|
||||
for this: put
|
||||
>
|
||||
0 0 yourscriptname
|
||||
<
|
||||
into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will
|
||||
skip examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those
|
||||
GetLatestVimScript comment lines. As a result, those lines won't be
|
||||
inadvertently installed into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and
|
||||
subsequently used to download your own scripts. This is especially
|
||||
important to do if you've included the :AutoInstall: option.
|
||||
|
||||
Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0
|
||||
yourscriptname" line as you've used in your GetLatestVimScript
|
||||
comment!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall *getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall*
|
||||
*glvs-autoinstall*
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall". Not all scripts are
|
||||
supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need
|
||||
to do to install them (please refer to the script's "install"
|
||||
directions). On the other hand, most scripts will be
|
||||
auto-installable.
|
||||
|
||||
To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment
|
||||
field should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored):
|
||||
|
||||
:AutoInstall:
|
||||
|
||||
Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment
|
||||
(yourscriptname) field.
|
||||
|
||||
One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line
|
||||
in your <.vimrc>:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
|
||||
|
||||
---.tar.bz2 : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.tar.gz : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.vim.bz2 : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
|
||||
---.vim.gz : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
|
||||
---.zip : unzipped in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.vim : moved to [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin directory
|
||||
|
||||
and which merely need to have their components placed by the
|
||||
untar/gunzip or move-to-plugin-directory process should be
|
||||
auto-installable.
|
||||
|
||||
When is a script not auto-installable? Let me give an example:
|
||||
>
|
||||
[.vim|vimfiles]/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
|
||||
<
|
||||
The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++
|
||||
programs; it is available at:
|
||||
>
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
|
||||
<
|
||||
Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
|
||||
blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim). Hence, auto-install
|
||||
would possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
|
||||
|
||||
In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to
|
||||
after/syntax/c.vim) to allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
|
||||
>
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
|
||||
<
|
||||
The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
|
||||
after/syntax/c subdirectory. I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and
|
||||
build an appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential
|
||||
for the after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's
|
||||
c.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm *getlatestvimscripts-algorithm*
|
||||
*glvs-alg*
|
||||
|
||||
The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of
|
||||
the so-called script-id. Within the webpage of
|
||||
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
|
||||
|
||||
is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id). The source
|
||||
identifier numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is
|
||||
greater than the one recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
then its time to download a newer copy of that script.
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its
|
||||
internal database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
|
||||
|
||||
The AutoInstall process will:
|
||||
|
||||
Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
|
||||
Unix : $HOME/.vim
|
||||
Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
|
||||
|
||||
if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
|
||||
bunzip2 it
|
||||
else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
|
||||
gunzip it
|
||||
if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
|
||||
unzip it
|
||||
else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
|
||||
tar -oxvf it
|
||||
else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
|
||||
move it to the plugin subdirectory
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. GetLatestVimScripts History *getlatestvimscripts-history* *glvs-hist*
|
||||
|
||||
v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
|
||||
unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
|
||||
v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
|
||||
script! Fixed.
|
||||
v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
|
||||
* bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
|
||||
(tnx to David Green for the fix)
|
||||
Apr 01, 2005 * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
|
||||
:AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
|
||||
Apr 01, 2005 * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
|
||||
terminating early. It now just goes on to trying
|
||||
the next script (after trying three times to
|
||||
download a script description page)
|
||||
Apr 20, 2005 * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
|
||||
everything was current. Fixed.
|
||||
v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
|
||||
defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
|
||||
:AutoInstall:
|
||||
v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
|
||||
* fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
|
||||
v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
|
||||
always preventing downloads (just usually). Fixed.
|
||||
v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
|
||||
s:dotvim. Fixed.
|
||||
v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
|
||||
is zero. Useful for script authors; that way their
|
||||
own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
|
||||
their scripts.
|
||||
v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
|
||||
was intended only for testing. Removed, now works.
|
||||
* :AutoInstall: implemented
|
||||
v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
|
||||
* :GetLatestVimScripts command
|
||||
* (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
now holds scripts that need updating
|
||||
v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
|
||||
v9 Jan 23, 2004 : windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
|
||||
double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
|
||||
single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
|
||||
v8 Dec 01, 2003 : makes three tries at downloading
|
||||
v7 Sep 02, 2003 : added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
|
||||
not found in downloaded webpage
|
||||
Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
|
||||
v6 Aug 06, 2003 : final status messages now display summary of work
|
||||
( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
|
||||
"Everything was current")
|
||||
Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
|
||||
(goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
|
||||
v5 Aug 04, 2003 : missing an endif near bottom
|
||||
v4 Jun 17, 2003 : redraw! just before each "considering" message
|
||||
v3 May 27, 2003 : Protects downloaded files from errant shell
|
||||
expansions with single quotes: '...'
|
||||
v2 May 14, 2003 : extracts name of item to be obtained from the
|
||||
script file. Uses it instead of comment field
|
||||
for output filename; comment is used in the
|
||||
"considering..." line and is now just a comment!
|
||||
* Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
|
||||
same as a number, so I added zero to them
|
||||
and they became numbers. Fixes comparison.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 14
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ Other GUI documentation:
|
||||
1. Starting the GUI *gui-start* *E229* *E233*
|
||||
|
||||
First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
|
||||
included. You can check this with the ":version" command, it should include
|
||||
"+GUI_Athena", "+GUI_GTK", "+GUI_KDE", "+GUI_Motif" or "MS-Windows ... bit
|
||||
GUI version".
|
||||
included. You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
|
||||
GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK, GTK2, etc., or
|
||||
"MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
|
||||
|
||||
How to start the GUI depends on the system used. Mostly you can run the
|
||||
GUI version of Vim with:
|
||||
@@ -36,6 +36,10 @@ The X11 version of Vim can run both in GUI and in non-GUI mode. See
|
||||
|gui-x11-start|.
|
||||
|
||||
*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc*
|
||||
The gvimrc file is where GUI-specific startup commands should be placed. It
|
||||
is always sourced after the |vimrc| file. If you have one then the $MYGVIMRC
|
||||
environment variable has its name.
|
||||
|
||||
When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
|
||||
- The 'term' option is set to "builgin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
|
||||
their default value for the GUI |terminal-options|.
|
||||
@@ -66,6 +70,8 @@ When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
|
||||
- For Win32, when $HOME is not set, "$VIM\_gvimrc" is used.
|
||||
- When a "_gvimrc" file is not found, ".gvimrc" is tried too. And vice
|
||||
versa.
|
||||
The name of the first file found is stored in $MYGVIMRC, unless it was
|
||||
already set.
|
||||
- If the 'exrc' option is set (which is NOT the default) the file ./.gvimrc
|
||||
is sourced, if it exists and isn't the same file as the system or user
|
||||
gvimrc file. If this file is not owned by you, some security restrictions
|
||||
@@ -499,6 +505,8 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
|
||||
*:nme* *:nmenu* *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu*
|
||||
*:ome* *:omenu* *:onoreme* *:onoremenu*
|
||||
*:vme* *:vmenu* *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu*
|
||||
*:xme* *:xmenu* *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu*
|
||||
*:sme* *:smenu* *:snoreme* *:snoremenu*
|
||||
*:ime* *:imenu* *:inoreme* *:inoremenu*
|
||||
*:cme* *:cmenu* *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu*
|
||||
*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
|
||||
@@ -787,6 +795,8 @@ using the last visual selection.
|
||||
*:nunme* *:nunmenu*
|
||||
*:ounme* *:ounmenu*
|
||||
*:vunme* *:vunmenu*
|
||||
*:xunme* *:xunmenu*
|
||||
*:sunme* *:sunmenu*
|
||||
*:iunme* *:iunmenu*
|
||||
*:cunme* *:cunmenu*
|
||||
To delete a menu item or a whole submenu, use the unmenu commands, which are
|
||||
@@ -955,6 +965,9 @@ This section describes other features which are related to the GUI.
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
A recommended Japanese font is MS Mincho. You can find info here:
|
||||
http://www.lexikan.com/mincho.htm
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Shell Commands *gui-shell*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_w16.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*gui_w16.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Dec 06
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Dec 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*hangulin.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*hangulin.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
|
||||
|
||||
Hangul Fonts
|
||||
------------
|
||||
You can set text font using $HOME/.Xdefaults or $HOME/.gvimrc.
|
||||
You can set text font using $HOME/.Xdefaults or in your gvimrc file.
|
||||
But to use Hangul, you should set 'guifontset' in your vimrc.
|
||||
|
||||
$HOME/.Xdefaults: >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2003 May 11
|
||||
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2003 May 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Nov 30
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 02
|
||||
|
||||
VIM - main help file
|
||||
k
|
||||
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ Editing Effectively ~
|
||||
|usr_29.txt| Moving through programs
|
||||
|usr_30.txt| Editing programs
|
||||
|usr_31.txt| Exploiting the GUI
|
||||
|usr_32.txt| The undo tree
|
||||
|
||||
Tuning Vim ~
|
||||
|usr_40.txt| Make new commands
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ Making Vim Run ~
|
||||
|usr_90.txt| Installing Vim
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim.
|
||||
REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim. *reference_toc*
|
||||
|
||||
General subjects ~
|
||||
|intro.txt| general introduction to Vim; notation used in help files
|
||||
@@ -122,6 +123,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
|
||||
|tagsrch.txt| tags and special searches
|
||||
|quickfix.txt| commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
|
||||
|windows.txt| commands for using multiple windows and buffers
|
||||
|tabpage.txt| commands for using multiple tab pages
|
||||
|syntax.txt| syntax highlighting
|
||||
|spell.txt| spell checking
|
||||
|diff.txt| working with two or three versions of the same file
|
||||
@@ -169,6 +171,7 @@ Versions ~
|
||||
|version4.txt| Differences between Vim version 3.0 and 4.x
|
||||
|version5.txt| Differences between Vim version 4.6 and 5.x
|
||||
|version6.txt| Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
|
||||
|version7.txt| Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
|
||||
*sys-file-list*
|
||||
Remarks about specific systems ~
|
||||
|os_390.txt| OS/390 Unix
|
||||
@@ -186,9 +189,11 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
|
||||
|os_win32.txt| MS-Windows 95/98/NT
|
||||
*standard-plugin-list*
|
||||
Standard plugins ~
|
||||
|pi_netrw.txt| Reading and writing files over a network
|
||||
|pi_gzip.txt| Reading and writing compressed files
|
||||
|pi_expl.txt| File explorer
|
||||
|pi_netrw.txt| Reading and writing files over a network
|
||||
|pi_paren.txt| Highlight matching parens
|
||||
|pi_tar.txt| Tar file explorer
|
||||
|pi_zip.txt| Zip archive explorer
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL ADDITIONS: *local-additions*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*howto.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2001 Sep 03
|
||||
*howto.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ How to ... *howdoi* *how-do-i* *howto* *how-to*
|
||||
|auto-setting| set options automatically
|
||||
|term-dependent-settings| set options depending on terminal name
|
||||
|save-settings| save settings
|
||||
|:quote| comment my exrc/vimrc/gvimrc files
|
||||
|:quote| comment my .vim files
|
||||
|'helpheight'| change the default help height
|
||||
|'highlight'| set various highlighting modes
|
||||
|'title'| set the window title
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 05
|
||||
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev
|
||||
@@ -166,7 +166,10 @@ interface.
|
||||
Common
|
||||
------
|
||||
(command {command-string}) Perform the vim ":Ex" style command.
|
||||
(eval {expr-string}) Evaluate the vim command string.
|
||||
(eval {expr-string}) Evaluate the vim expression to a string.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by
|
||||
joining the items and inserting line
|
||||
breaks.
|
||||
NOTE clashes with MzScheme eval
|
||||
(range-start) Start/End of the range passed with
|
||||
(range-end) the Scheme command.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ Eval(expr) Evaluate an expression.
|
||||
|
||||
This method takes a single parameter, which is an expression in Vim's normal
|
||||
format (see |expression|). It returns a string, which is the result of
|
||||
evaluating the expression.
|
||||
evaluating the expression. A |List| is turned into a string by joining the
|
||||
items and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples (Visual Basic syntax) >
|
||||
Line20 = Vim.Eval("getline(20)")
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege
|
||||
@@ -181,6 +181,8 @@ VIM::Eval({expr}) Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
|
||||
value of internal |variables| x, and '$x' is equivalent
|
||||
to perl's $ENV{x}. All |functions| accessible from
|
||||
the command-line are valid for {expr}.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items
|
||||
and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
*perl-SetHeight*
|
||||
Window->SetHeight({height})
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 26
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda
|
||||
@@ -78,23 +78,26 @@ Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
|
||||
Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
|
||||
|
||||
Overview >
|
||||
print "Hello" # displays a message
|
||||
VIM.command(cmd) # execute an ex command
|
||||
num = VIM::Window.count # gets the number of windows
|
||||
w = VIM::Window[n] # gets window "n"
|
||||
cw = VIM::Window.current # gets the current window
|
||||
num = VIM::Buffer.count # gets the number of buffers
|
||||
b = VIM::Buffer[n] # gets buffer "n"
|
||||
cb = VIM::Buffer.current # gets the current buffer
|
||||
w.height = lines # sets the window height
|
||||
w.cursor = [row, col] # sets the window cursor position
|
||||
pos = w.cursor # gets an array [row, col]
|
||||
name = b.name # gets the buffer file name
|
||||
line = b[n] # gets a line from the buffer
|
||||
num = b.count # gets the number of lines
|
||||
b[n] = str # sets a line in the buffer
|
||||
b.delete(n) # deletes a line
|
||||
b.append(n, str) # appends a line after n
|
||||
print "Hello" # displays a message
|
||||
VIM.command(cmd) # execute an ex command
|
||||
num = VIM::Window.count # gets the number of windows
|
||||
w = VIM::Window[n] # gets window "n"
|
||||
cw = VIM::Window.current # gets the current window
|
||||
num = VIM::Buffer.count # gets the number of buffers
|
||||
b = VIM::Buffer[n] # gets buffer "n"
|
||||
cb = VIM::Buffer.current # gets the current buffer
|
||||
w.height = lines # sets the window height
|
||||
w.cursor = [row, col] # sets the window cursor position
|
||||
pos = w.cursor # gets an array [row, col]
|
||||
name = b.name # gets the buffer file name
|
||||
line = b[n] # gets a line from the buffer
|
||||
num = b.count # gets the number of lines
|
||||
b[n] = str # sets a line in the buffer
|
||||
b.delete(n) # deletes a line
|
||||
b.append(n, str) # appends a line after n
|
||||
line = VIM::Buffer.current.line # gets the current line
|
||||
num = VIM::Buffer.current.line_number # gets the current line number
|
||||
VIM::Buffer.current.line = "test" # sets the current line number
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
Module Functions:
|
||||
@@ -117,6 +120,8 @@ VIM::command({cmd})
|
||||
VIM::evaluate({expr})
|
||||
Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
|
||||
|expression|). Returns the expression result as a string.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
|
||||
line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. VIM::Buffer objects *ruby-buffer*
|
||||
@@ -142,6 +147,11 @@ self[{n}] = {str}
|
||||
delete({n}) Deletes a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
|
||||
append({n}, {str})
|
||||
Appends a line after the line {n}.
|
||||
line Returns the current line of the buffer if the buffer is
|
||||
active.
|
||||
line = {str} Sets the current line of the buffer if the buffer is active.
|
||||
line_number Returns the number of the current line if the buffer is
|
||||
active.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. VIM::Window objects *ruby-window*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken
|
||||
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ Commands:
|
||||
Evaluates the expression {expr} using vim's internal expression
|
||||
evaluator (see |expression|). Any expression that queries a buffer
|
||||
or window property uses the current buffer/current window. Returns
|
||||
the result as a string.
|
||||
the result as a string. A |List| is turned into a string by joining
|
||||
the items and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
set perl_available [::vim::expr has("perl")]
|
||||
< See also |tcl-window-expr| and |tcl-buffer-expr|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Aug 30
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ as follows:
|
||||
"e" if you type the second 'e' for an "else" at the start of a
|
||||
line
|
||||
|
||||
Characters that can precede each key:
|
||||
Characters that can precede each key: *i_CTRL-F*
|
||||
! When a '!' precedes the key, Vim will not insert the key but will
|
||||
instead reindent the current line. This allows you to define a
|
||||
command key for reindenting the current line. CTRL-F is the default
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 26
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -541,11 +541,16 @@ tag command action in Normal mode ~
|
||||
the cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_f| CTRL-W f split window and edit file name under the
|
||||
cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_F| CTRL-W F split window and edit file name under the
|
||||
cursor and jump to the line number
|
||||
following the file name.
|
||||
|CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]| CTRL-W g CTRL-] split window and do |:tjump| to tag under
|
||||
cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_g]| CTRL-W g ] split window and do |:tselect| for tag
|
||||
under cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_g}| CTRL-W g } do a |:ptjump| to the tag under the cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_gf| CTRL-W g f edit file name under the cursor in a new
|
||||
tab page
|
||||
|CTRL-W_h| CTRL-W h go to Nth left window (stop at first window)
|
||||
|CTRL-W_i| CTRL-W i split window and jump to declaration of
|
||||
identifier under the cursor
|
||||
@@ -719,6 +724,9 @@ tag char note action in Normal mode ~
|
||||
word
|
||||
|gf| gf start editing the file whose name is under
|
||||
the cursor
|
||||
|gF| gF start editing the file whose name is under
|
||||
the cursor and jump to the line number
|
||||
following the filename.
|
||||
|gg| gg 1 cursor to line N, default first line
|
||||
|gh| gh start Select mode
|
||||
|gi| gi 2 like "i", but first move to the |'^| mark
|
||||
@@ -1082,6 +1090,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:cexpr| :cex[pr] read errors from expr and jump to first
|
||||
|:cfile| :cf[ile] read file with error messages and jump to first
|
||||
|:cfirst| :cfir[st] go to the specified error, default first one
|
||||
|:cgetbuffer| :cgetb[uffer] get errors from buffer
|
||||
|:cgetexpr| :cgete[xpr] get errors from expr
|
||||
|:cgetfile| :cg[etfile] read file with error messages
|
||||
|:changes| :cha[nges] print the change list
|
||||
|:chdir| :chd[ir] change directory
|
||||
@@ -1142,6 +1152,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:dsearch| :ds[earch] list one #define
|
||||
|:dsplit| :dsp[lit] split window and jump to #define
|
||||
|:edit| :e[dit] edit a file
|
||||
|:earlier| :ea[rlier] go to older change, undo
|
||||
|:echo| :ec[ho] echoes the result of expressions
|
||||
|:echoerr| :echoe[rr] like :echo, show like an error and use history
|
||||
|:echohl| :echoh[l] set highlighting for echo commands
|
||||
@@ -1222,6 +1233,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:laddfile| :laddf[ile] add locations to current location list
|
||||
|:last| :la[st] go to the last file in the argument list
|
||||
|:language| :lan[guage] set the language (locale)
|
||||
|:later| :lat[er] go to newer change, redo
|
||||
|:lbuffer| :lb[uffer] parse locations and jump to first location
|
||||
|:lcd| :lc[d] change directory locally
|
||||
|:lchdir| :lch[dir] change directory locally
|
||||
@@ -1233,6 +1245,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:lexpr| :lex[pr] read locations from expr and jump to first
|
||||
|:lfile| :lf[ile] read file with locations and jump to first
|
||||
|:lfirst| :lfir[st] go to the specified location, default first one
|
||||
|:lgetbuffer| :lgetb[uffer] get locations from buffer
|
||||
|:lgetexpr| :lgete[xpr] get locations from expr
|
||||
|:lgetfile| :lg[etfile] read file with locations
|
||||
|:lgrep| :lgr[ep] run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
|
||||
|:lgrepadd| :lgrepa[dd] like :grep, but append to current list
|
||||
@@ -1305,7 +1319,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:omap| :om[ap] like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:omapclear| :omapc[lear] remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:omenu| :ome[nu] add menu for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:only| :on[ly] close all windows except current one
|
||||
|:only| :on[ly] close all windows except the current one
|
||||
|:onoremap| :ono[remap] like ":noremap" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:onoremenu| :onoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:options| :opt[ions] open the options-window
|
||||
@@ -1405,15 +1419,22 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:slast| :sla[st] split window and go to last file in the
|
||||
argument list
|
||||
|:smagic| :sm[agic] :substitute with 'magic'
|
||||
|:smap| :sma[p] like ":map" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:smapclear| :smapc[lear] remove all mappings for Select mode
|
||||
|:smenu| :sme[nu] add menu for Select mode
|
||||
|:snext| :sn[ext] split window and go to next file in the
|
||||
argument list
|
||||
|:sniff| :sni[ff] send request to sniff
|
||||
|:snomagic| :sno[magic] :substitute with 'nomagic'
|
||||
|:snoremap| :snor[emap] like ":noremap" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:snoremenu| :snoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:sort| :sor[t] sort lines
|
||||
|:source| :so[urce] read Vim or Ex commands from a file
|
||||
|:spelldump| :spelld[ump] split window and fill with all correct words
|
||||
|:spellgood| :spe[llgood] add good word for spelling
|
||||
|:spellinfo| :spelli[nfo] show info about loaded spell files
|
||||
|:spellrepall| :spellr[epall] replace all bad words like last |z=|
|
||||
|:spellundo| :spellu[ndo] remove good or bad word
|
||||
|:spellwrong| :spellw[rong] add spelling mistake
|
||||
|:split| :sp[lit] split current window
|
||||
|:sprevious| :spr[evious] split window and go to previous file in the
|
||||
@@ -1429,6 +1450,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:stjump| :stj[ump] do ":tjump" and split window
|
||||
|:stselect| :sts[elect] do ":tselect" and split window
|
||||
|:sunhide| :sun[hide] same as ":unhide"
|
||||
|:sunmap| :sunm[ap] like ":unmap" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:sunmenu| :sunme[nu] remove menu for Select mode
|
||||
|:suspend| :sus[pend] same as ":stop"
|
||||
|:sview| :sv[iew] split window and edit file read-only
|
||||
|:swapname| :sw[apname] show the name of the current swap file
|
||||
@@ -1436,6 +1459,21 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:syncbind| :sync[bind] sync scroll binding
|
||||
|:t| :t same as ":copy"
|
||||
|:tNext| :tN[ext] jump to previous matching tag
|
||||
|:tabNext| :tabN[ext] go to previous tab page
|
||||
|:tabclose| :tabc[lose] close current tab page
|
||||
|:tabdo| :tabdo execute command in each tab page
|
||||
|:tabedit| :tabe[dit] edit a file in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabfind| :tabf[ind] find file in 'path', edit it in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabfirst| :tabfir[st] got to first tab page
|
||||
|:tablast| :tabl[ast] got to last tab page
|
||||
|:tabmove| :tabm[ove] move tab page to other position
|
||||
|:tabnew| :tabnew edit a file in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabnext| :tabn[ext] go to next tab page
|
||||
|:tabonly| :tabo[nly] close all tab pages except the current one
|
||||
|:tabprevious| :tabp[revious] go to previous tab page
|
||||
|:tabrewind| :tabr[ewind] got to first tab page
|
||||
|:tabs| :tabs list the tab pages and what they contain
|
||||
|:tab| :tab create new tab when opening new window
|
||||
|:tag| :ta[g] jump to tag
|
||||
|:tags| :tags show the contents of the tag stack
|
||||
|:tcl| :tc[l] execute Tcl command
|
||||
@@ -1456,6 +1494,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:tselect| :ts[elect] list matching tags and select one
|
||||
|:tunmenu| :tu[nmenu] remove menu tooltip
|
||||
|:undo| :u[ndo] undo last change(s)
|
||||
|:undojoin| :undoj[oin] join next change with previous undo block
|
||||
|:undolist| :undol[ist] list leafs of the undo tree
|
||||
|:unabbreviate| :una[bbreviate] remove abbreviation
|
||||
|:unhide| :unh[ide] open a window for each loaded file in the
|
||||
buffer list
|
||||
@@ -1473,15 +1513,15 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:visual| :vi[sual] same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
|
||||
|:viusage| :viu[sage] overview of Normal mode commands
|
||||
|:view| :vie[w] edit a file read-only
|
||||
|:vmap| :vm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmapclear| :vmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmenu| :vme[nu] add menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vnoremap| :vn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmap| :vm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vmapclear| :vmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vmenu| :vme[nu] add menu for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vnew| :vne[w] create a new empty window, vertically split
|
||||
|:vnoremenu| :vnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vnoremap| :vn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vnoremenu| :vnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vsplit| :vs[plit] split current window vertically
|
||||
|:vunmap| :vu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vunmenu| :vunme[nu] remove menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vunmap| :vu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vunmenu| :vunme[nu] remove menu for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:windo| :windo execute command in each window
|
||||
|:write| :w[rite] write to a file
|
||||
|:wNext| :wN[ext] write to a file and go to previous file in
|
||||
@@ -1501,8 +1541,16 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:wviminfo| :wv[iminfo] write to viminfo file
|
||||
|:xit| :x[it] write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
|
||||
|:xall| :xa[ll] same as ":wqall"
|
||||
|:xmapclear| :xmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xmap| :xm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xmenu| :xme[nu] add menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xnoremap| :xn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xnoremenu| :xnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xunmap| :xu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xunmenu| :xunme[nu] remove menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:yank| :y[ank] yank lines into a register
|
||||
|:z| :z print some lines
|
||||
|:~| :~ repeat last ":substitute"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 14
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -130,6 +130,9 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R*
|
||||
the cursor up:
|
||||
CTRL-R ="\<Up>"
|
||||
Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to insert text literally.
|
||||
When the result is a |List| the items are used
|
||||
as lines. They can have line breaks inside
|
||||
too.
|
||||
See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
||||
@@ -301,9 +304,11 @@ insert mode:
|
||||
|
||||
*i_CTRL-X_CTRL-E*
|
||||
CTRL-X CTRL-E scroll window one line up.
|
||||
When doing completion look here: |complete_CTRL-E|
|
||||
|
||||
*i_CTRL-X_CTRL-Y*
|
||||
CTRL-X CTRL-Y scroll window one line down.
|
||||
When doing completion look here: |complete_CTRL-Y|
|
||||
|
||||
After CTRL-X is pressed, each CTRL-E (CTRL-Y) scrolls the window up (down) by
|
||||
one line unless that would cause the cursor to move from its current position
|
||||
@@ -587,6 +592,16 @@ and CTRL-P (previous).
|
||||
|
||||
Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
|
||||
|
||||
*complete_CTRL-E*
|
||||
When completion is active you can use CTRL-E to stop it and go back to the
|
||||
orignally typed text. The CTRL-E will not be inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
*complete_CTRL-Y*
|
||||
When the popup menu is displayed you can use CTRL-Y to stop completion and
|
||||
accept the currently selected entry. The CTRL-Y is not inserted. Typing a
|
||||
space, Enter, or some other unprintable character will leave completion mode
|
||||
and insert that typed character.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped. This allows for
|
||||
":map ^F ^X^F" to work (where ^F is CTRL-F and ^X is CTRL-X). The key that
|
||||
ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
|
||||
@@ -985,29 +1000,39 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
|
||||
The function must return a List with the matching words. These matches
|
||||
usually include the "a:base" text. When there are no matches return an empty
|
||||
List.
|
||||
|
||||
*complete-items*
|
||||
Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary. When it is a string it
|
||||
is used as the completion. When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
|
||||
items:
|
||||
word the completion, mandatory
|
||||
menu extra text for the popup menu
|
||||
info more information about the item
|
||||
word the text that will be inserted, mandatory
|
||||
abbr abbreviation of "word"; when not empty it is used in
|
||||
the menu instead of "word"
|
||||
menu extra text for the popup menu, displayed after "word"
|
||||
or "abbr"
|
||||
info more information about the item, can be displayed in a
|
||||
preview window
|
||||
kind single letter indicating the type of completion
|
||||
icase when non-zero case is to be ignored; when omitted
|
||||
the 'ignorecase' option is used
|
||||
|
||||
All of these must be a string. If an item does not meet these requirements
|
||||
then an error message is given and further items in the list are not used.
|
||||
You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
|
||||
All of these except 'icase' must be a string. If an item does not meet these
|
||||
requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
|
||||
not used. You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
|
||||
|
||||
The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
|
||||
be relatively short. The "info" item can be longer, it may be displayed in a
|
||||
balloon.
|
||||
be relatively short. The "info" item can be longer, it will be displayed in
|
||||
the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'. The "info" item
|
||||
will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed. This is
|
||||
useful for function arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion. This
|
||||
may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
|
||||
Currently these types can be used:
|
||||
v variable
|
||||
f function or method
|
||||
c composite (struct, object)
|
||||
m member of a struct or class
|
||||
t typedef
|
||||
d #define or macro
|
||||
|
||||
When searching for matches takes some time call |complete_add()| to add each
|
||||
match to the total list. These matches should then not appear in the returned
|
||||
@@ -1073,40 +1098,70 @@ INSERT COMPLETION POPUP MENU *ins-completion-menu*
|
||||
Vim can display the matches in a simplistic popup menu.
|
||||
|
||||
The menu is used when:
|
||||
- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu".
|
||||
- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu" or "menuone".
|
||||
- The terminal supports at least 8 colors.
|
||||
- There are at least two matches.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two states:
|
||||
1. A complete match has been inserted.
|
||||
2. Only part of a match has been inserted.
|
||||
The 'pumheight' option can be used to set a maximum height. The default is to
|
||||
use all space available.
|
||||
|
||||
There are three states:
|
||||
1. A complete match has been inserted, e.g., after using CTRL-N or CTRL-P.
|
||||
2. A cursor key has been used to select another match. The match was not
|
||||
inserted then, only the entry in the popup menu is highlighted.
|
||||
3. Only part of a match has been inserted and characters were typed or the
|
||||
backspace key was used. The list of matches was then adjusted for what is
|
||||
in front of the cursor.
|
||||
|
||||
You normally start in the first state, with the first match being inserted.
|
||||
When "longest" is in 'completeopt' and there is more than one match you start
|
||||
in the second state.
|
||||
in the third state.
|
||||
|
||||
If you select another match, e.g., with CTRL-N or CTRL-P, you go to the first
|
||||
state. This doesn't change the list of matches.
|
||||
|
||||
When you are back at the original text then you are in the third state. To
|
||||
get there right away you can use a mapping that uses CTRL-P right after
|
||||
starting the completion: >
|
||||
:imap <F7> <C-N><C-P>
|
||||
<
|
||||
*popupmenu-keys*
|
||||
In the first state these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
<BS> and CTRL-H Delete one character, find the matches for the word before
|
||||
the cursor. This reduces the list of matches, often to one
|
||||
entry. Switches to the second state.
|
||||
entry, and switches to the second state.
|
||||
Any non-special character:
|
||||
Stop completion without changing the match and insert the
|
||||
typed character.
|
||||
|
||||
In the second state these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
In the second and third state these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
<BS> and CTRL-H Delete one character, find the matches for the shorter word
|
||||
before the cursor. This may find more matches.
|
||||
CTRL-L Add one character from the current match, may reduce the
|
||||
number of matches.
|
||||
any printable character: Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
|
||||
any printable, non-white character:
|
||||
Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
|
||||
|
||||
In both states these can be used:
|
||||
<CR> and <Enter> Accept the currently selected match
|
||||
<PageUp> Select a match several entries back
|
||||
<PageDown> Select a match several entries further
|
||||
In all three states these can be used:
|
||||
CTRL-Y Yes: Accept the currently selected match and stop completion.
|
||||
CTRL-E End completion, go back to what was typed.
|
||||
<PageUp> Select a match several entries back, but don't insert it.
|
||||
<PageDown> Select a match several entries further, but don't insert it.
|
||||
<Up> Select the previous match, as if CTRL-P was used, but don't
|
||||
insert the newly selected word.
|
||||
insert it.
|
||||
<Down> Select the next match, as if CTRL-N was used, but don't
|
||||
insert the newly selected word.
|
||||
insert it.
|
||||
space or <Tab> Stop completion without changing the match and insert the
|
||||
typed character.
|
||||
|
||||
If you select another match, e.g., with CTRL-N or CTRL-P, you go back to the
|
||||
first state. However, the list of matches doesn't change.
|
||||
The behavior of the Enter key depends on the state you are in:
|
||||
first state: Use the text as it is and insert a line break.
|
||||
second state: Insert the currently selected match.
|
||||
third state: Use the text as it is and insert a line break.
|
||||
|
||||
In other words: If you used the cursor keys to select another entry in the
|
||||
list of matches then the Enter key inserts that match. If you typed something
|
||||
else then Enter inserts a line break.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The colors of the menu can be changed with these highlight groups:
|
||||
@@ -1120,6 +1175,18 @@ you can use an Insert mode mapping that checks the |pumvisible()| function to
|
||||
do something different. Example: >
|
||||
:inoremap <Down> <C-R>=pumvisible() ? "\<lt>C-N>" : "\<lt>Down>"<CR>
|
||||
|
||||
You can use of <expr> in mapping to have the popup menu used when typing a
|
||||
character and some condition is met. For example, for typing a dot: >
|
||||
inoremap <expr> . MayComplete()
|
||||
func MayComplete()
|
||||
if (can complete)
|
||||
return ".\<C-X>\<C-O>"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return '.'
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
See |:map-<expr>| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FILETYPE-SPECIFIC REMARKS FOR OMNI COMPLETION *compl-omni-filetypes*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1133,9 +1200,9 @@ Completion of C code requires a tags file. You should use Exuberant ctags,
|
||||
because it adds extra information that is needed for completion. You can find
|
||||
it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
|
||||
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
|
||||
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
|
||||
A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
|
||||
http://georgevreilly.com/vim/ctags.html
|
||||
http://georgevreilly.com/vim/ctags.html
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to complete system functions you can do something like this. Use
|
||||
ctags to generate a tags file for all the system header files: >
|
||||
@@ -1164,11 +1231,11 @@ are included.
|
||||
CSS *ft-css-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Complete properties and their appropriate values according to CSS 2.1
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HTML and XHTML *ft-html-omni*
|
||||
*ft-xhtml-omni*
|
||||
HTML *ft-html-omni*
|
||||
XHTML *ft-xhtml-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files. It is
|
||||
designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
|
||||
@@ -1189,12 +1256,12 @@ other versions of HTML. Features:
|
||||
- when used after "</" CTRL-X CTRL-O will close the last opened tag
|
||||
|
||||
Note: When used first time completion menu will be shown with little delay
|
||||
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
||||
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
||||
Note: Completion may fail in badly formatted documents. In such case try to
|
||||
run |:make| command to detect formatting problems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
JAVASCRIPT *ft-javascript-omni*
|
||||
JAVASCRIPT *ft-javascript-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Completion of most elements of JavaScript language and DOM elements.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1210,7 +1277,7 @@ Complete:
|
||||
Completion works in separate JavaScript files (&ft==javascript), inside of
|
||||
<script> tag of (X)HTML and in values of event attributes (including scanning
|
||||
of external files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DOM compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
At the moment (beginning of 2006) there are two main browsers - MS Internet
|
||||
@@ -1218,11 +1285,11 @@ Explorer and Mozilla Firefox. These two applications are covering over 90% of
|
||||
market. Theoretically standards are created by W3C organisation
|
||||
(http://www.w3c.org) but they are not always followed/implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
IE FF W3C Omni completion ~
|
||||
+/- +/- + + ~
|
||||
+ + - + ~
|
||||
+ - - - ~
|
||||
- + - - ~
|
||||
IE FF W3C Omni completion ~
|
||||
+/- +/- + + ~
|
||||
+ + - + ~
|
||||
+ - - - ~
|
||||
- + - - ~
|
||||
|
||||
Regardless from state of implementation in browsers but if element is defined
|
||||
in standards, completion plugin will place element in suggestion list. When
|
||||
@@ -1230,23 +1297,114 @@ both major engines implemented element, even if this is not in standards it
|
||||
will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PHP *ft-php-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Completion of PHP code requires tags file for completion of data from external
|
||||
files. You should use Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it
|
||||
here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
|
||||
Script completes:
|
||||
|
||||
- after $ variables name
|
||||
- if variable was declared as object add "->", if tags file is available show
|
||||
name of class
|
||||
- after "->" complete only function and variable names specific for given
|
||||
class. To find class location and contents tags file is required. Because
|
||||
PHP isn't strongly typed language user can use @var tag to declare class: >
|
||||
|
||||
/* @var $myVar myClass */
|
||||
$myVar->
|
||||
<
|
||||
Still, to find myClass contents tags file is required.
|
||||
|
||||
- function names with additonal info:
|
||||
- in case of built-in functions list of possible arguments and after | type
|
||||
data returned by function
|
||||
- in case of user function arguments and name of file were function was
|
||||
defined (if it is not current file)
|
||||
|
||||
- constants names
|
||||
- class names after "new" declaration
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note: when doing completion first time Vim will load all necessary data into
|
||||
memory. It may take several seconds. After next use of completion delay
|
||||
should not be noticeable.
|
||||
|
||||
Script detects if cursor is inside <?php ?> tags. If it is outside it will
|
||||
automatically switch to HTML/CSS/JavaScript completion. Note: contrary to
|
||||
original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SYNTAX *ft-syntax-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
This uses the current syntax highlighting for completion. It can be used for
|
||||
any filetype and provides a minimal language-sensitive completion.
|
||||
|
||||
To enable code completion do: >
|
||||
source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
|
||||
To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
|
||||
setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
|
||||
You can automate this by placing this in your vimrc (after any ":filetype"
|
||||
command): >
|
||||
autocmd Filetype *
|
||||
\ if exists('&ofu') && &ofu == "" |
|
||||
\ source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
|
||||
":filetype" command): >
|
||||
if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
|
||||
autocmd Filetype *
|
||||
\ if &omnifunc == "" |
|
||||
\ setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
The above will set completion to this script only if a proper one does not
|
||||
already exist for that filetype.
|
||||
The above will set completion to this script only if a specific plugin does
|
||||
not already exist for that filetype.
|
||||
|
||||
Each filetype can have a wide range of syntax items. The plugin allows you to
|
||||
customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list. Let's have
|
||||
a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
|
||||
|
||||
If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
|
||||
:syntax list
|
||||
|
||||
First thing you will notice is there are many different syntax groups. The
|
||||
PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
|
||||
JavaScript and many more. The syntax plugin will only include syntax groups
|
||||
that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case. For example these syntax
|
||||
groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
|
||||
phpFunctions.
|
||||
|
||||
The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
|
||||
highlight. This means these items will be available within the omni
|
||||
completion list. Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
|
||||
interested in certain items.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary). If you find certain
|
||||
syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
|
||||
vimrc: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
|
||||
|
||||
Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them. The basic
|
||||
form of this variable is: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
|
||||
|
||||
For completeness the opposite is also true. Creating this variable in your
|
||||
vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
|
||||
groups: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
|
||||
|
||||
You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
|
||||
filetype at the end of the variable name.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SQL *ft-sql-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Completion for the SQL language includes statements, functions, keywords.
|
||||
It will also dynamically complete tables, procedures, views and column lists
|
||||
with data pulled directly from within a database. For detailed instructions
|
||||
and a tutorial see |omni-sql-completion|.
|
||||
|
||||
The SQL completion plugin can be used in conjunction with other completion
|
||||
plugins. For example, the PHP filetype has it's own completion plugin.
|
||||
Since PHP is often used to generate dynamic website by accessing a database,
|
||||
the SQL completion plugin can also be enabled. This allows you to complete
|
||||
PHP code and SQL code at the same time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XML *ft-xml-omni*
|
||||
@@ -1275,9 +1433,9 @@ which will not create conflicts in future. For example name xhtml10s.vim means
|
||||
it is data file for XHTML 1.0 Strict.
|
||||
|
||||
File contains one variable with fixed name: g:xmldata_xhtml10s . It is
|
||||
compound from two parts:
|
||||
compound from two parts:
|
||||
|
||||
1. "g:xmldata_" general prefix
|
||||
1. "g:xmldata_" general prefix
|
||||
2. "xhtml10s" name of file and name of described XML dialect
|
||||
|
||||
Part two must be exactly the same as name of file.
|
||||
@@ -1288,14 +1446,14 @@ of possible children, second element is |Dictionary| with names of attributes
|
||||
as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
let g:xmldata_crippledhtml = {
|
||||
\ "html":
|
||||
\ [ ["body", "head"], {"id": [], "xmlns": ["http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"],
|
||||
\ "lang": [], "xml:lang": [], "dir": ["ltr", "rtl"]}],
|
||||
\ "script":
|
||||
\ [ [], {"id": [], "charset": [], "type": ["text/javascript"], "src": [],
|
||||
\ "html":
|
||||
\ [ ["body", "head"], {"id": [], "xmlns": ["http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"],
|
||||
\ "lang": [], "xml:lang": [], "dir": ["ltr", "rtl"]}],
|
||||
\ "script":
|
||||
\ [ [], {"id": [], "charset": [], "type": ["text/javascript"], "src": [],
|
||||
\ "defer": ["BOOL"], "xml:space": ["preserve"]}],
|
||||
\ "meta":
|
||||
\ [ [], {"id": [], "http-equiv": [], "name": [], "content": [], "scheme":
|
||||
\ "meta":
|
||||
\ [ [], {"id": [], "http-equiv": [], "name": [], "content": [], "scheme":
|
||||
\ [], "lang": [], "xml:lang": [], "dir": ["ltr", "rtl"]}]
|
||||
\ "vimxmlentities": ["amp", "lt", "gt", "apos", "quot"]},
|
||||
\ "vimxmltaginfo": {
|
||||
@@ -1507,11 +1665,15 @@ NOTE: ":append" and ":insert" don't work properly in between ":if" and
|
||||
10. Inserting a file *inserting-file*
|
||||
|
||||
*:r* *:re* *:read*
|
||||
:r[ead] [name] Insert the file [name] (default: current file) below
|
||||
:r[ead] [++opt] [name]
|
||||
Insert the file [name] (default: current file) below
|
||||
the cursor.
|
||||
See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
|
||||
|
||||
:{range}r[ead] [name] Insert the file [name] (default: current file) below
|
||||
:{range}r[ead] [++opt] [name]
|
||||
Insert the file [name] (default: current file) below
|
||||
the specified line.
|
||||
See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
|
||||
|
||||
*:r!* *:read!*
|
||||
:r[ead] !{cmd} Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
|
||||
@@ -1536,6 +1698,14 @@ If a file name is given with ":r", it becomes the alternate file. This can be
|
||||
used, for example, when you want to edit that file instead: ":e! #". This can
|
||||
be switched off by removing the 'a' flag from the 'cpoptions' option.
|
||||
|
||||
Of the [++opt] arguments one is specifically for ":read", the ++edit argument.
|
||||
This is useful when the ":read" command is actually used to read a file into
|
||||
the buffer as if editing that file. Use this command in an empty buffer: >
|
||||
:read ++edit filename
|
||||
The effect is that the 'fileformat', 'fileencoding', 'bomb', etc. options are
|
||||
set to what has been detected for "filename". Note that a single empty line
|
||||
remains, you may want to delete it.
|
||||
|
||||
*file-read*
|
||||
The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
|
||||
'fileformat' characters name ~
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*intro.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 01
|
||||
*intro.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -94,13 +94,15 @@ mention that.
|
||||
There are several mailing lists for Vim:
|
||||
<vim@vim.org>
|
||||
For discussions about using existing versions of Vim: Useful mappings,
|
||||
questions, answers, where to get a specific version, etc.
|
||||
questions, answers, where to get a specific version, etc. There are
|
||||
quite a few people watching this list and answering questions, also
|
||||
for beginners. Don't hesitate to ask your question here.
|
||||
<vim-dev@vim.org> *vim-dev* *vimdev*
|
||||
For discussions about changing Vim: New features, porting, patches,
|
||||
beta-test versions, etc.
|
||||
<vim-announce@vim.org> *vim-announce*
|
||||
Announcements about new versions of Vim; also for beta-test versions
|
||||
and ports to different systems.
|
||||
and ports to different systems. This is a read-only list.
|
||||
<vim-multibyte@vim.org> *vim-multibyte*
|
||||
For discussions about using and improving the multi-byte aspects of
|
||||
Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ NR == 1 { nf=split(FILENAME,f,".")
|
||||
print "<H1>Vim documentation: " f[1] "</H1>";
|
||||
print "<A NAME=\"top\"></A>";
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
|
||||
print "<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n";
|
||||
print "<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
print "<HR>";
|
||||
print "<PRE>";
|
||||
@@ -244,7 +244,15 @@ npipe > 2 && nstar < 3 {
|
||||
find_tag1();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if ( f[1] == "index" ) {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"vimindex.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if ( f[1] == "help" ) {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"index.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"" f[1] ".html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -373,13 +381,12 @@ END {
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# as main we keep index.txt (by default)
|
||||
# other candidate, help.txt
|
||||
#
|
||||
function topback () {
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "tags" ) {
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A> - ");
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n");
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n");
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A>\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -581,7 +588,7 @@ function find_tag2() {
|
||||
ntags=split(atag,blata,"[ ]");
|
||||
if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
|
||||
if ( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
|
||||
( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( skip_word[atag] == "yes" ) { return; }
|
||||
@@ -610,7 +617,7 @@ function find_tag3() {
|
||||
ntags=split(btag,blata,"[ ]");
|
||||
if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
|
||||
if ( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
|
||||
( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( skip_word[btag] == "yes" ) { return; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 10
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -48,6 +48,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:map {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:map*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-n| *:nm* *:nmap*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-v| *:vm* *:vmap*
|
||||
:xm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-x| *:xm* *:xmap*
|
||||
:smap {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-s| *:smap*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-o| *:om* *:omap*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-ic| *:map!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-i| *:im* *:imap*
|
||||
@@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:no[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:no* *:noremap*
|
||||
:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-n| *:nn* *:nnoremap*
|
||||
:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-v| *:vn* *:vnoremap*
|
||||
:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-x| *:xn* *:xnoremap*
|
||||
:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-s| *:snor* *:snoremap*
|
||||
:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-o| *:ono* *:onoremap*
|
||||
:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-ic| *:no!* *:noremap!*
|
||||
:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-i| *:ino* *:inoremap*
|
||||
@@ -76,6 +80,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap*
|
||||
:nun[map] {lhs} |mapmode-n| *:nun* *:nunmap*
|
||||
:vu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-v| *:vu* *:vunmap*
|
||||
:xu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-x| *:xu* *:xunmap*
|
||||
:sunm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-s| *:sunm* *:sunmap*
|
||||
:ou[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-o| *:ou* *:ounmap*
|
||||
:unm[ap]! {lhs} |mapmode-ic| *:unm!* *:unmap!*
|
||||
:iu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-i| *:iu* *:iunmap*
|
||||
@@ -92,6 +98,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:mapc[lear] |mapmode-nvo| *:mapc* *:mapclear*
|
||||
:nmapc[lear] |mapmode-n| *:nmapc* *:nmapclear*
|
||||
:vmapc[lear] |mapmode-v| *:vmapc* *:vmapclear*
|
||||
:xmapc[lear] |mapmode-x| *:xmapc* *:xmapclear*
|
||||
:smapc[lear] |mapmode-s| *:smapc* *:smapclear*
|
||||
:omapc[lear] |mapmode-o| *:omapc* *:omapclear*
|
||||
:mapc[lear]! |mapmode-ic| *:mapc!* *:mapclear!*
|
||||
:imapc[lear] |mapmode-i| *:imapc* *:imapclear*
|
||||
@@ -104,6 +112,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:map |mapmode-nvo|
|
||||
:nm[ap] |mapmode-n|
|
||||
:vm[ap] |mapmode-v|
|
||||
:xm[ap] |mapmode-x|
|
||||
:sm[ap] |mapmode-s|
|
||||
:om[ap] |mapmode-o|
|
||||
:map! |mapmode-ic|
|
||||
:im[ap] |mapmode-i|
|
||||
@@ -116,6 +126,8 @@ modes.
|
||||
:map {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:map_l*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-n| *:nmap_l*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-v| *:vmap_l*
|
||||
:xm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-x| *:xmap_l*
|
||||
:sm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-s| *:smap_l*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-o| *:omap_l*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} |mapmode-ic| *:map_l!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-i| *:imap_l*
|
||||
@@ -145,6 +157,9 @@ type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS *:map-arguments*
|
||||
|
||||
"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>", "<expr>" and "<unique>" can be used in any
|
||||
order. They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *E224* *E225*
|
||||
If the first argument to one of these commands is "<buffer>" it will apply to
|
||||
mappings locally to the current buffer only. Example: >
|
||||
@@ -194,8 +209,35 @@ Example of what will fail: >
|
||||
If you want to map a key and then have it do what it was originally mapped to,
|
||||
have a look at |maparg()|.
|
||||
|
||||
"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>" and "<unique>" can be used in any order.
|
||||
They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
|
||||
*:map-<expr>* *:map-expression*
|
||||
If the first argument to one of these commands is "<expr>" and it is used to
|
||||
define a new mapping or abbreviation, the argument is an expression. The
|
||||
expression is evaluated to obtain the {rhs} that is used. Example: >
|
||||
:inoremap <expr> . InsertDot()
|
||||
The result of the InsertDot() function will be inserted. It could check the
|
||||
text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
|
||||
|
||||
Be very careful about side effects! The expression is evaluated while
|
||||
obtaining characters, if you change buffer text, move the cursor, edit another
|
||||
file, etc. you may very well make command disfunctional.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
|
||||
let counter = 0
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-R> ListReset()
|
||||
|
||||
func ListItem()
|
||||
let g:counter += 1
|
||||
return g:counter . '. '
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
func ListReset()
|
||||
let g:counter = 0
|
||||
return ''
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-L inserts the next number, CTRL-R resets the count. CTRL-R returns an
|
||||
empty string, so that nothing is inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.3 MAPPING AND MODES *:map-modes*
|
||||
@@ -208,9 +250,6 @@ There are five sets of mappings
|
||||
- For Insert mode. These are also used in Replace mode.
|
||||
- For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
|
||||
|
||||
There are no separate mappings for Select mode. The same as for Visual mode
|
||||
are used |Select-mode-mapping|.
|
||||
|
||||
Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
|
||||
is disabled. This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
|
||||
to type a count with a zero.
|
||||
@@ -220,13 +259,27 @@ Overview of which map command works in which mode:
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Normal Visual Operator-pending ~
|
||||
:map :noremap :unmap :mapclear yes yes yes
|
||||
:nmap :nnoremap :nunmap :nmapclear yes - -
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear - yes -
|
||||
:omap :onoremap :ounmap :omapclear - - yes
|
||||
Normal Visual+Select Operator-pending ~
|
||||
:map :noremap :unmap :mapclear yes yes yes
|
||||
:nmap :nnoremap :nunmap :nmapclear yes - -
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear - yes -
|
||||
:omap :onoremap :ounmap :omapclear - - yes
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-x* *mapmode-s*
|
||||
Some commands work both in Visual and Select mode, some in only one. Note
|
||||
that quite often "Visual" is mentioned where both Visual and Select mode
|
||||
apply. |Select-mode-mapping|
|
||||
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Visual Select ~
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear yes yes
|
||||
:xmap :xnoremap :xunmap :xmapclear yes -
|
||||
:smap :snoremap :sunmap :smapclear - yes
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
|
||||
Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
|
||||
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Insert Command-line Lang-Arg ~
|
||||
:map! :noremap! :unmap! :mapclear! yes yes -
|
||||
:imap :inoremap :iunmap :imapclear yes - -
|
||||
@@ -778,7 +831,7 @@ This does not work if 'cpoptions' includes the '<' flag. |<>|
|
||||
You can even do more complicated things. For example, to consume the space
|
||||
typed after an abbreviation: >
|
||||
func Eatchar(pat)
|
||||
let c = nr2char(getchar())
|
||||
let c = nr2char(getchar(0))
|
||||
return (c =~ a:pat) ? '' : c
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
iabbr <silent> if if ()<Left><C-R>=Eatchar('\s')<CR>
|
||||
@@ -1089,6 +1142,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
|
||||
-complete=event autocommand events
|
||||
-complete=expression Vim expression
|
||||
-complete=file file and directory names
|
||||
-complete=shellcmd Shell command
|
||||
-complete=function function name
|
||||
-complete=help help subjects
|
||||
-complete=highlight highlight groups
|
||||
@@ -1187,8 +1241,9 @@ Replacement text
|
||||
The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
|
||||
sequences, using <...> notation. Escape sequences are replaced with values
|
||||
from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged. The
|
||||
resulting string is executed as an Ex command. If the initial < of an escape
|
||||
sequence is preceded by a backslash, the sequence is copied unchanged.
|
||||
resulting string is executed as an Ex command. To avoid the replacement use
|
||||
<lt> in plade of the initial <. Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
|
||||
"<lt>bang>".
|
||||
|
||||
The valid escape sequences are
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ Cursor color when IME or XIM is on *CursorIM*
|
||||
This works in the same way when using XIM.
|
||||
|
||||
You can select cursor color when status is on by using highlight group
|
||||
CursorIM. For example, add these lines to your _gvimrc: >
|
||||
CursorIM. For example, add these lines to your |gvimrc|: >
|
||||
|
||||
if has('multi_byte_ime')
|
||||
highlight Cursor guifg=NONE guibg=Green
|
||||
@@ -1076,6 +1076,7 @@ also add this line: >
|
||||
'' '
|
||||
Since the mapping is defined with |:lnoremap| the resulting quote will not be
|
||||
used for the start of another character.
|
||||
The "accents" keymap uses this. *keymap-accents*
|
||||
|
||||
Although it's possible to have more than one character in the second column,
|
||||
this is unusual. But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
|
||||
@@ -1257,11 +1258,16 @@ Double-width characters are supported. This works best with 'guifontwide' or
|
||||
normal width and a space to fill the gap. Note that the 'guifontset' option
|
||||
is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
|
||||
|
||||
Up to two combining characters can be used. The combining character is drawn
|
||||
on top of the preceding character. When editing text a composing character is
|
||||
mostly considered part of the preceding character. For example "x" will
|
||||
delete a character and its following composing characters by default. If the
|
||||
'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
|
||||
*mbyte-combining* *mbyte-composing*
|
||||
A composing or combining character is used to change the meaning of the
|
||||
character before it. The combining characters are drawn on top of the
|
||||
preceding character.
|
||||
Up to two combining characters can be used by default. This can be changed
|
||||
with the 'maxcombine' option.
|
||||
When editing text a composing character is mostly considered part of the
|
||||
preceding character. For example "x" will delete a character and its
|
||||
following composing characters by default.
|
||||
If the 'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
|
||||
characters, one at a time, then the base character. But when inserting, you
|
||||
type the first character and the following composing characters separately,
|
||||
after which they will be joined. The "r" command will not allow you to type a
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 08
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 01
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -751,9 +751,12 @@ and the screen is about to be redrawn:
|
||||
-> Press <Enter> or <Space> to redraw the screen and continue, without that
|
||||
key being used otherwise.
|
||||
-> Press ':' or any other Normal mode command character to start that command.
|
||||
-> Press 'k', 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages. This works the
|
||||
same way as at the |more-prompt|. Only works when 'compatible' is off and
|
||||
'more' is on.
|
||||
-> Press 'k', <Up>, 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages. This
|
||||
works the same way as at the |more-prompt|. Only works when 'compatible'
|
||||
is off and 'more' is on.
|
||||
-> Pressing 'j', 'd' or <Down> is ignored when messages scrolled off the top
|
||||
of the screen, 'compatible' is off and 'more' is on, to avoid that typing
|
||||
one 'j' too many causes the messages to disappear.
|
||||
-> Press <C-Y> to copy (yank) a modeless selection to the clipboard register.
|
||||
-> Use a menu. The characters defined for Cmdline-mode are used.
|
||||
-> When 'mouse' contains the 'r' flag, clicking the left mouse button works
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2004 Feb 24
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2004 Feb 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 02
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Jan 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 05
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Partial writes disallowed for NetBeans buffers
|
||||
*E658*
|
||||
NetBeans connection lost for this buffer
|
||||
NetBeans has become confused about the state of this file.
|
||||
Rather than risc data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
|
||||
Rather than risk data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
|
||||
connection for this file. Vim will take over responsibility
|
||||
for saving changes to this file and NetBeans will no longer
|
||||
know of these changes.
|
||||
@@ -259,10 +259,19 @@ problems and has been fixed in 2.2. To decrease the likelihood of this
|
||||
confusion happening again, netbeans_saved() has been renamed to
|
||||
netbeans_save_buffer().
|
||||
|
||||
We are now at version 2.3. For the differences between 2.2 and 2.3 search for
|
||||
"2.3" below.
|
||||
|
||||
The messages are currently sent over a socket. Since the messages are in
|
||||
plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
|
||||
mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
To see an example implementation look at the gvim tool in Agide. Currently
|
||||
found here:
|
||||
http://cvs.sf.net/viewcvs.py/a-a-p/Agide/Tools/GvimTool.py?view=markup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
10.1 Kinds of messages |nb-messages|
|
||||
10.2 Terms |nb-terms|
|
||||
10.3 Commands |nb-commands|
|
||||
@@ -612,11 +621,22 @@ getText Return the contents of the buffer as a string.
|
||||
insert off text
|
||||
Insert "text" before position "off". "text" is a string
|
||||
argument, "off" a number.
|
||||
"off" should have a "\n" (newline) at the end of each line.
|
||||
Or "\r\n" when 'fileformat' is "dos". When using "insert" in
|
||||
an empty buffer Vim will set 'fileformat' accordingly.
|
||||
When "off" points to the start of a line the text is inserted
|
||||
above this line. Thus when "off" is zero lines are inserted
|
||||
before the first line.
|
||||
When "off" points after the start of a line, possibly on the
|
||||
NUL at the end of a line, the first line of text is appended
|
||||
to this line. Further lines come below it.
|
||||
Possible replies:
|
||||
123 no problem
|
||||
123 !message failed
|
||||
Note that the message in the reply is not quoted.
|
||||
Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
|
||||
Does not move the cursor to the changed text.
|
||||
Resets undo information.
|
||||
|
||||
remove off length
|
||||
Delete "length" bytes of text at position "off". Both
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 14
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Apr 10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ achieve special effects. These options come in three forms:
|
||||
If the option is a list of flags, superfluous flags
|
||||
are removed. When adding a flag that was already
|
||||
present the option value doesn't change.
|
||||
< Also see |:set-args| above.
|
||||
Also see |:set-args| above.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
:se[t] {option}^={value} *:set^=*
|
||||
@@ -269,7 +269,13 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
|
||||
shown (but that might change in the future).
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
:setl[ocal] {option}< Set the local value of {option} to its global value.
|
||||
:setl[ocal] {option}< Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
|
||||
copying the value.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
:se[t] {option}< Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
|
||||
making it empty. Only makes sense for |global-local|
|
||||
options.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:setg* *:setglobal*
|
||||
@@ -316,7 +322,11 @@ This only works for a string option. For a boolean option you need to use the
|
||||
:setlocal autoread<
|
||||
Note that for non-boolean options using "<" copies the global value to the
|
||||
local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value (that matters
|
||||
when changing the global value later).
|
||||
when the global value changes later). You can also use: >
|
||||
:set path<
|
||||
This will make the local value of 'path' empty, so that the global value is
|
||||
used. Thus it does the same as: >
|
||||
:setlocal path=
|
||||
Note: In the future more global options can be made global-local. Using
|
||||
":setlocal" on a global option might work differently then.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -447,8 +457,8 @@ There are two forms of modelines. The first form:
|
||||
where each part between ':' is the argument for a ":set"
|
||||
command
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6 ~
|
||||
|
||||
The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -464,8 +474,8 @@ se[t] the string "set " or "se " (note the space)
|
||||
: a colon
|
||||
[text] any text or empty
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
/* vim: set ai tw=75: */
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set ai tw=75: */ ~
|
||||
|
||||
The white space before {vi:|vim:|ex:} is required. This minimizes the chance
|
||||
that a normal word like "lex:" is caught. There is one exception: "vi:" and
|
||||
@@ -493,10 +503,10 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" is used:
|
||||
vim={vers}: version {vers}
|
||||
vim>{vers}: version after {vers}
|
||||
{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
|
||||
For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later: >
|
||||
/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */
|
||||
To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7: >
|
||||
/* vim<570: set sw=4: */
|
||||
For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
|
||||
/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
|
||||
To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
|
||||
/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
|
||||
There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -504,16 +514,16 @@ The number of lines that are checked can be set with the 'modelines' option.
|
||||
If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is 0 no lines are checked.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that for the first form all of the rest of the line is used, thus a line
|
||||
like: >
|
||||
/* vi:ts=4: */
|
||||
will give an error message for the trailing "*/". This line is OK: >
|
||||
/* vi:set ts=4: */
|
||||
like:
|
||||
/* vi:ts=4: */ ~
|
||||
will give an error message for the trailing "*/". This line is OK:
|
||||
/* vi:set ts=4: */ ~
|
||||
|
||||
If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'. The
|
||||
backslash in front of the ':' will be removed. Example: >
|
||||
/* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */
|
||||
backslash in front of the ':' will be removed. Example:
|
||||
/* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
|
||||
This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp". Only a single backslash before the
|
||||
':' is removed. Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -674,8 +684,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
or selected.
|
||||
This option is provided for backward compatibility with the Vim
|
||||
released with Sun ONE Studio 4 Enterprise Edition.
|
||||
Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work. The directory
|
||||
browser sets if off.
|
||||
Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
|
||||
|
||||
*'arabic'* *'arab'* *'noarabic'* *'noarab'*
|
||||
'arabic' 'arab' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -1013,12 +1022,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'balloonexpr'* *'bexpr'*
|
||||
'balloonexpr' 'bexpr' string (default "")
|
||||
global
|
||||
global or local to buffer |global-local|
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Expression to show in evaluation balloon. It is only used when
|
||||
'ballooneval' is on. These variables can be used:
|
||||
Expression for text to show in evaluation balloon. It is only used
|
||||
when 'ballooneval' is on. These variables can be used:
|
||||
|
||||
v:beval_bufnr number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
|
||||
v:beval_winnr number of the window
|
||||
@@ -1050,7 +1059,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
|
||||
if has("balloon_multiline")
|
||||
<
|
||||
< When they are supported "\n" characters will start a new line. If the
|
||||
expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
|
||||
as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
|
||||
|
||||
*'binary'* *'bin'* *'nobinary'* *'nobin'*
|
||||
'binary' 'bin' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
@@ -1219,6 +1231,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'casemap' 'cmp' string (default: "internal,keepascii")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies details about changing the case of letters. It may contain
|
||||
these words, separated by a comma:
|
||||
internal Use internal case mapping functions, the current
|
||||
@@ -1428,6 +1442,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Number of screen lines to use for the command-line. Helps avoiding
|
||||
|hit-enter| prompts.
|
||||
The value of this option is stored with the tab page, so that each tab
|
||||
page can have a different value.
|
||||
|
||||
*'cmdwinheight'* *'cwh'*
|
||||
'cmdwinheight' 'cwh' number (default 7)
|
||||
@@ -1473,8 +1489,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|fold-marker|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'compatible'* *'cp'* *'nocompatible'* *'nocp'*
|
||||
'compatible' 'cp' boolean (default on, off when a .vimrc or .gvimrc file
|
||||
is found)
|
||||
'compatible' 'cp' boolean (default on, off when a |vimrc| or |gvimrc|
|
||||
file is found)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
This option has the effect of making Vim either more Vi-compatible, or
|
||||
@@ -1489,10 +1505,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
options. This default was chosen for those people who want to use Vim
|
||||
just like Vi, and don't even (want to) know about the 'compatible'
|
||||
option.
|
||||
When a ".vimrc" or ".gvimrc" file is found while Vim is starting up,
|
||||
When a |vimrc| or |gvimrc| file is found while Vim is starting up,
|
||||
this option is switched off, and all options that have not been
|
||||
modified will be set to the Vim defaults. Effectively, this means
|
||||
that when a ".vimrc" or ".gvimrc" file exists, Vim will use the Vim
|
||||
that when a |vimrc| or |gvimrc| file exists, Vim will use the Vim
|
||||
defaults, otherwise it will use the Vi defaults. (Note: This doesn't
|
||||
happen for the system-wide vimrc or gvimrc file). Also see
|
||||
|compatible-default| and |posix-compliance|.
|
||||
@@ -1576,6 +1592,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
u scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||||
U scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
|
||||
k scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
|
||||
kspell use the currently active spell checking |spell|
|
||||
k{dict} scan the file {dict}. Several "k" flags can be given,
|
||||
patterns are valid too. For example: >
|
||||
:set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
|
||||
@@ -1618,8 +1635,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
|
||||
'completeopt' 'cot' string (default: "menu")
|
||||
'completeopt' 'cot' string (default: "menu,preview")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
|
||||
|ins-completion|. The supported values are:
|
||||
@@ -1628,9 +1647,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
|
||||
sufficient colors are available. |ins-completion-menu|
|
||||
|
||||
longest Only insert the longest common text of the matches. Use
|
||||
CTRL-L to add more characters.
|
||||
menuone Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
|
||||
Useful when there is additional information about the
|
||||
match, e.g., what file it comes from.
|
||||
|
||||
longest Only insert the longest common text of the matches. Use
|
||||
CTRL-L to add more characters. Whether case is ignored
|
||||
depends on the kind of completion. For buffer text the
|
||||
'ignorecase' option is used.
|
||||
|
||||
preview Show extra information about the currently selected
|
||||
completion in the preview window.
|
||||
|
||||
*'confirm'* *'cf'* *'noconfirm'* *'nocf'*
|
||||
'confirm' 'cf' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -2031,6 +2058,30 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Give messages when adding a cscope database. See |cscopeverbose|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'cursorcolumn'* *'cuc'* *'nocursorcolumn'* *'nocuc'*
|
||||
'cursorcolumn' 'cuc' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
|
||||
|hl-CursorColumn|. Useful to align text. Will make screen redrawing
|
||||
slower.
|
||||
|
||||
*'cursorline'* *'cul'* *'nocursorline'* *'nocul'*
|
||||
'cursorline' 'cul' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
|
||||
|hl-CursorLine|. Useful to easily spot the cursor. Will make screen
|
||||
redrawing slower.
|
||||
When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
|
||||
easier to see the selected text.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'debug'*
|
||||
'debug' string (default "")
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -2083,6 +2134,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
contain a list of words. This can be one word per line, or several
|
||||
words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
|
||||
preferred). Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
|
||||
When this option is empty, or an entry "spell" is present, spell
|
||||
checking is enabled the currently active spelling is used. |spell|
|
||||
To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash. Spaces
|
||||
after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
|
||||
name. See |option-backslash| about using backslashes.
|
||||
@@ -2147,11 +2200,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
exactly. It should ignore adding trailing
|
||||
white space, but not leading white space.
|
||||
|
||||
horizontal Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
|
||||
explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||||
|
||||
vertical Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
|
||||
explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||||
|
||||
foldcolumn:{n} Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
|
||||
starting diff mode. Without this 2 is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler,context:4
|
||||
:set diffopt=
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler,foldcolumn:3
|
||||
<
|
||||
*'digraph'* *'dg'* *'nodigraph'* *'nodg'*
|
||||
'digraph' 'dg' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -2445,6 +2507,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
|
||||
To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
|
||||
'fileencoding', use the |++enc| argument.
|
||||
For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
|
||||
Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
|
||||
When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase. Thus
|
||||
you can set it with uppercase values too. '_' characters are
|
||||
@@ -2494,9 +2557,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
non-blank characters.
|
||||
When the |++enc| argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
|
||||
not used.
|
||||
Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, 'fileencoding'
|
||||
is always empty then. This means that a non-existing file may get a
|
||||
different encoding than an empty file.
|
||||
Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
|
||||
of 'fileencoding' is used instead. You can set it with: >
|
||||
:setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
|
||||
< This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
|
||||
an empty file.
|
||||
The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
|
||||
(Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file. It must not be preceded
|
||||
by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
|
||||
@@ -2507,6 +2572,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
environment. This is the default value for 'encoding'. It is useful
|
||||
when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and your environment uses a
|
||||
non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
|
||||
When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
|
||||
sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8. You can use the |8g8|
|
||||
command to find the illegal byte sequence.
|
||||
WRONG VALUES: WHAT'S WRONG:
|
||||
latin1,utf-8 "latin1" will always be used
|
||||
utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1 BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
|
||||
@@ -2612,9 +2680,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
this use the ":filetype on" command. |:filetype|
|
||||
Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
|
||||
for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
|
||||
Example, for in an IDL file: >
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=idl : */
|
||||
< |FileType| |filetypes|
|
||||
Example, for in an IDL file:
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=idl : */ ~
|
||||
|FileType| |filetypes|
|
||||
When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||||
names. Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */ ~
|
||||
This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
|
||||
This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files. More than
|
||||
one dot may appear.
|
||||
Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
|
||||
type that is actually stored with the file.
|
||||
This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
|
||||
@@ -2646,6 +2720,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
< This is similar to the default, except that these characters will also
|
||||
be used when there is highlighting.
|
||||
|
||||
for "stl" and "stlnc" only single-byte values are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
The highlighting used for these items:
|
||||
item highlight group ~
|
||||
stl:c StatusLine |hl-StatusLine|
|
||||
@@ -2707,7 +2783,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
or |+eval| feature}
|
||||
The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr". It is evaluated
|
||||
for each line to obtain its fold level. See |fold-expr|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
|
||||
|sandbox-option|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2821,6 +2897,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
quickfix ":cn", ":crew", ":make", etc.
|
||||
search search for a pattern: "/", "n", "*", "gd", etc.
|
||||
(not for a search pattern in a ":" command)
|
||||
Also for |[s| and |]s|.
|
||||
tag jumping to a tag: ":ta", CTRL-T, etc.
|
||||
undo undo or redo: "u" and CTRL-R
|
||||
When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used. Add
|
||||
@@ -2904,7 +2981,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|v:count| the number of lines to be formatted.
|
||||
When this option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:set formatexp=mylang#Format()
|
||||
:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
|
||||
< This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
|
||||
autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3247,13 +3324,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'c' Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
|
||||
choices.
|
||||
|
||||
'e' Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
|
||||
'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
|
||||
When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
|
||||
The GUI tabs are only supported on some systens, currently
|
||||
only for GTK.
|
||||
|
||||
'f' Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
|
||||
where it was started. Use this for programs that wait for the
|
||||
editor to finish (e.g., an e-mail program). Alternatively you
|
||||
can use "gvim -f" or ":gui -f" to start the GUI in the
|
||||
foreground. |gui-fork|
|
||||
Note: Set this option in the vimrc file. The forking may have
|
||||
happened already when the gvimrc file is read.
|
||||
happened already when the |gvimrc| file is read.
|
||||
|
||||
'i' Use a Vim icon. For GTK with KDE it is used in the left-upper
|
||||
corner of the window. It's black&white on non-GTK, because of
|
||||
@@ -3262,7 +3345,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'm' Menu bar is present.
|
||||
'M' The system menu "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim" is not sourced. Note
|
||||
that this flag must be added in the .vimrc file, before
|
||||
switching on syntax or filetype recognition (when the .gvimrc
|
||||
switching on syntax or filetype recognition (when the |gvimrc|
|
||||
file is sourced the system menu has already been loaded; the
|
||||
":syntax on" and ":filetype on" commands load the menu too).
|
||||
'g' Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey. If
|
||||
@@ -3295,7 +3378,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'p' Use Pointer callbacks for X11 GUI. This is required for some
|
||||
window managers. If the cursor is not blinking or hollow at
|
||||
the right moment, try adding this flag. This must be done
|
||||
before starting the GUI. Set it in your gvimrc. Adding or
|
||||
before starting the GUI. Set it in your |gvimrc|. Adding or
|
||||
removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
|
||||
'F' Add a footer. Only for Motif. See |gui-footer|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3307,6 +3390,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Only in the GUI: If on, an attempt is made to open a pseudo-tty for
|
||||
I/O to/from shell commands. See |gui-pty|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
|
||||
'guitablabel' 'gtl' string (default empty)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
|
||||
with the +windows feature}
|
||||
When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
|
||||
pages line. When empty Vim will use a default label. See
|
||||
|setting-guitablabel| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
|
||||
Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed. 'e' must be
|
||||
present in 'guioptions'. For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
|
||||
'helpfile' 'hf' string (default (MSDOS) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
|
||||
(others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
|
||||
@@ -3374,7 +3473,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
"8:SpecialKey,@:NonText,d:Directory,
|
||||
e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,l:Search,m:MoreMsg,
|
||||
M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,r:Question,
|
||||
s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit
|
||||
s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,
|
||||
t:Title,v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
|
||||
f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,
|
||||
C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,
|
||||
@@ -3465,7 +3564,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
highlight all of the matched text. However, this depends on where the
|
||||
search starts. This will be the first line in the window or the first
|
||||
line below a closed fold. A match in a previous line which is not
|
||||
drawn may not continue in an newly drawn line.
|
||||
drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
*'history'* *'hi'*
|
||||
@@ -3696,6 +3795,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
cursor to the match.
|
||||
The highlighting can be set with the 'i' flag in 'highlight'.
|
||||
See also: 'hlsearch'.
|
||||
CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
|
||||
to the command line.
|
||||
CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
|
||||
match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
*'indentexpr'* *'inde'*
|
||||
@@ -3987,8 +4090,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
specified with multi-byte characters (e.g., UTF-8), but only the lower
|
||||
8 bits of each character will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Example (for Greek): *greek* >
|
||||
:set langmap=ÁA,ÂB,ØC,ÄD,ÅE,ÖF,ÃG,ÇH,ÉI,ÎJ,ÊK,ËL,ÌM,ÍN,ÏO,ÐP,QQ,ÑR,ÓS,ÔT,ÈU,ÙV,WW,×X,ÕY,ÆZ,áa,âb,øc,äd,åe,öf,ãg,çh,éi,îj,êk,ël,ìm,ín,ïo,ðp,qq,ñr,ós,ôt,èu,ùv,òw,÷x,õy,æz
|
||||
Example (for Greek, in UTF-8): *greek* >
|
||||
:set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
|
||||
< Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands): >
|
||||
:set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
|
||||
<
|
||||
@@ -4166,7 +4269,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
The characters ':' and ',' should not be used. UTF-8 characters can
|
||||
be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
|
||||
characters are allowed.
|
||||
characters are allowed. All characters must be single width.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
:set lcs=tab:>-,trail:-
|
||||
@@ -4257,6 +4360,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
set. Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
|
||||
set a time. This is to be compatible with Nvi.
|
||||
|
||||
*'maxcombine'* *'mco'*
|
||||
'maxcombine' 'mco' number (default 2)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
|
||||
Only used when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
|
||||
The default is OK for most languages. Hebrew may require 4.
|
||||
Maximum value is 6.
|
||||
Even when this option is set to 2 you can still edit text with more
|
||||
combining characters, you just can't see them. Use |g8| or |ga|.
|
||||
See |mbyte-combining|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'maxfuncdepth'* *'mfd'*
|
||||
'maxfuncdepth' 'mfd' number (default 100)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -4614,7 +4731,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+linebreak|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Minimal number of columns to use for the line number. Only relevant
|
||||
when the 'number' option is set.
|
||||
when the 'number' option is set or printing lines with a line number.
|
||||
Since one space is always between the number and the text, there is
|
||||
one less character for the number itself.
|
||||
The value is the minimum width. A bigger width is used when needed to
|
||||
@@ -4943,6 +5060,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
global
|
||||
When on a ":" prompt is used in Ex mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
|
||||
'pumheight' 'ph' number (default 0)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu.
|
||||
When zero as much space as available is used.
|
||||
|ins-completion-menu|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'quoteescape'* *'qe'*
|
||||
'quoteescape' 'qe' string (default "\")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
@@ -4969,6 +5097,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
global
|
||||
Allows for mappings to work recursively. If you do not want this for
|
||||
a single entry, use the :noremap[!] command.
|
||||
NOTE: To avoid portability problems with Vim scripts, always keep
|
||||
this option at the default "on". Only switch it off when working with
|
||||
old Vi scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
*'report'*
|
||||
'report' number (default 2)
|
||||
@@ -5071,7 +5202,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
|
||||
string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
|
||||
The format of this option, is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
The default ruler width is 17 characters. To make the ruler 15
|
||||
characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
@@ -5242,6 +5373,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
going back to the other window, it still uses the
|
||||
same relative offset.
|
||||
Also see |scroll-binding|.
|
||||
When 'diff' mode is active there always is vertical scroll binding,
|
||||
even when "ver" isn't there.
|
||||
|
||||
*'sections'* *'sect'*
|
||||
'sections' 'sect' string (default "SHNHH HUnhsh")
|
||||
@@ -5336,6 +5469,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
winsize window sizes
|
||||
|
||||
Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir".
|
||||
There is no option to include tab pages yet, only the current tab page
|
||||
is stored in the session. |tab-page|
|
||||
When "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored with
|
||||
absolute paths.
|
||||
"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing session files
|
||||
@@ -5664,7 +5799,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
|
||||
matches for. 'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
|
||||
matches.
|
||||
Note: For the use of the short form parental guidance is advised.
|
||||
Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
|
||||
around |pi_paren.txt|.
|
||||
Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
|
||||
|
||||
*'showmode'* *'smd'* *'noshowmode'* *'nosmd'*
|
||||
'showmode' 'smd' boolean (Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
|
||||
@@ -5678,6 +5815,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
|
||||
'showtabline' 'stal' number (default 1)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
|
||||
will be displayed:
|
||||
0: never
|
||||
1: only if there are at least two tab pages
|
||||
2: always
|
||||
This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
|
||||
line.
|
||||
See |tab-page| for more information about tab pages.
|
||||
|
||||
*'sidescroll'* *'ss'*
|
||||
'sidescroll' 'ss' number (default 0)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -5823,8 +5975,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|zg| and |zw| commands can be used to access each. This allows using
|
||||
a personal word list file and a project word list file.
|
||||
When a word is added while this option is empty Vim will set it for
|
||||
you: Using the first "spell" directory in 'runtimepath' that is
|
||||
writable and the first language name that appears in 'spelllang',
|
||||
you: Using the first directory in 'runtimepath' that is writable. If
|
||||
there is no "spell" directory yet it will be created. For the file
|
||||
name the first language name that appears in 'spelllang' is used,
|
||||
ignoring the region.
|
||||
The resulting ".spl" file will be used for spell checking, it does not
|
||||
have to appear in 'spelllang'.
|
||||
@@ -5985,6 +6138,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
All fields except the {item} is optional. A single percent sign can
|
||||
be given as "%%". Up to 80 items can be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
|
||||
evaluated and the result is used as the option value. Example: >
|
||||
:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
|
||||
< The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
|
||||
|
||||
When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
|
||||
empty to avoid further errors. Otherwise screen updating would loop.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
|
||||
'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6043,15 +6204,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
percentage described for 'ruler'. Always 3 in length.
|
||||
a S Argument list status as in default title. ({current} of {max})
|
||||
Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
|
||||
{ NF Evaluate expression between '{' and '}' and substitute result.
|
||||
{ NF Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
|
||||
Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.
|
||||
( - Start of item group. Can be used for setting the width and
|
||||
alignment of a section. Must be followed by %) somewhere.
|
||||
) - End of item group. No width fields allowed.
|
||||
T N For 'tabline': start of tab page N label. Use %T after the last
|
||||
label. This information is used for mouse clicks.
|
||||
X N For 'tabline': start of close tab N label. Use %X after the
|
||||
label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X. Use %999X for a "close current tab"
|
||||
mark. This information is used for mouse clicks.
|
||||
< - Where to truncate line if too long. Default is at the start.
|
||||
No width fields allowed.
|
||||
= - Separation point between left and right aligned items.
|
||||
No width fields allowed.
|
||||
# - Set highlight group. The name must follow and then a # again.
|
||||
Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname. The same
|
||||
highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
|
||||
windows.
|
||||
* - Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
|
||||
minwid field, e.g. %1*. Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
|
||||
The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied
|
||||
@@ -6191,6 +6361,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
jumping to errors (":cc", ":cn", "cp", etc.). It is
|
||||
also used in all buffer related split commands, for
|
||||
example ":sbuffer", ":sbnext", or ":sbrewind".
|
||||
usetab Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
|
||||
pages.
|
||||
split If included, split the current window before loading
|
||||
a buffer. Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
|
||||
Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
|
||||
@@ -6219,9 +6391,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
|
||||
b:current_syntax variable does).
|
||||
This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
|
||||
not automatically recognized. Example, in an IDL file: >
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=idl : */
|
||||
< To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
|
||||
not automatically recognized. Example, in an IDL file:
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=idl : */ ~
|
||||
When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||||
names. Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */ ~
|
||||
This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
|
||||
Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
|
||||
otherwise it will be skipped. More than one dot may appear.
|
||||
To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
|
||||
:set syntax=OFF
|
||||
< To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
|
||||
'filetype' option: >
|
||||
@@ -6232,7 +6410,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
|
||||
Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
|
||||
*'tabline'* *'tal'*
|
||||
'tabline' 'tal' string (default empty)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
|
||||
line at the top of the Vim window. When empty Vim will use a default
|
||||
tab pages line. See |setting-tabline| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
|
||||
option and only when there is no GUI tab line. When 'e' is in
|
||||
'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'. You can use
|
||||
|tabpagenr()|, |tabpagewinnr()| and |tabpagebuflist()| to figure out
|
||||
the text to be displayed. Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
|
||||
the second one, etc. Use "%X" items for closing labels.
|
||||
|
||||
Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
|
||||
are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
|
||||
'tabpagemax' 'tpm' number (default 10)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
|
||||
argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
|
||||
'tabstop' 'ts' number (default 8)
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for. Also see
|
||||
@@ -6314,8 +6526,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'tagrelative' 'tr' boolean (Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
If on and using a tag file in another directory, file names in that
|
||||
tag file are relative to the directory where the tag file is.
|
||||
If on and using a tags file in another directory, file names in that
|
||||
tags file are relative to the directory where the tags file is.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6835,7 +7047,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Currently, these messages are given:
|
||||
>= 1 When the viminfo file is read or written.
|
||||
>= 2 When a file is ":source"'ed.
|
||||
>= 5 Every searched tags file.
|
||||
>= 5 Every searched tags file and include file.
|
||||
>= 8 Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
|
||||
>= 9 Every executed autocommand.
|
||||
>= 12 Every executed function.
|
||||
@@ -7012,10 +7224,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
block Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
|
||||
insert Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
|
||||
all Allow virtual editing in all modes.
|
||||
onemore Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
|
||||
no actual character. This can be halfway into a Tab or beyond the end
|
||||
of the line. Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
|
||||
editing a table.
|
||||
"onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
|
||||
after the last character of the line. This makes some commands more
|
||||
consistent. Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
|
||||
if the line was empty. But it is far from Vi compatible. It may also
|
||||
break some plugins or Vim scripts. For example because |l| can move
|
||||
the cursor after the last character. Use with care!
|
||||
Using the |$| command will move to the last character in the line, not
|
||||
past it. This may actually move the cursor to the left!
|
||||
It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
|
||||
not get a warning for it.
|
||||
|
||||
*'visualbell'* *'vb'* *'novisualbell'* *'novb'* *beep*
|
||||
'visualbell' 'vb' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -7057,8 +7281,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
char key mode ~
|
||||
b <BS> Normal and Visual
|
||||
s <Space> Normal and Visual
|
||||
h "h" Normal and Visual
|
||||
l "l" Normal and Visual
|
||||
h "h" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||||
l "l" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||||
< <Left> Normal and Visual
|
||||
> <Right> Normal and Visual
|
||||
~ "~" Normal
|
||||
@@ -7074,8 +7298,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
"dh". If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
|
||||
":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
|
||||
cursor.
|
||||
When 'l' is included, you get a side effect: "yl" on an empty line
|
||||
will include the <EOL>, so that "p" will insert a new line.
|
||||
When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
|
||||
line then it will not move to the next line. This makes "dl", "cl",
|
||||
"yl" etc. work normally.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7279,6 +7504,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|quickfix-window|.
|
||||
The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||||
|
||||
*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
|
||||
'winfixwidth' 'wfw' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
|
||||
'equalalways' is set.
|
||||
The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||||
|
||||
*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
|
||||
'winminheight' 'wmh' number (default 1)
|
||||
global
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ralf Schandl
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_amiga.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_amiga.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_dos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 14
|
||||
*os_dos.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 30
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -77,10 +77,11 @@ is especially useful when using a Unix-like 'shell'.
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Standard mappings *dos-standard-mappings*
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-PageUp cursor to first screen line *<C-PageUp>*
|
||||
CTRL-PageDown cursor to last screen line, last character *<C-PageDown>*
|
||||
The mappings for CTRL-PageUp and CTRL-PageDown have been removed, they now
|
||||
jump to the next or previous tab page |<C-PageUp>| |<C-PageDown>|
|
||||
|
||||
These mappings accomplish this:
|
||||
If you want them to move to the first and last screen line you can use these
|
||||
mappings:
|
||||
|
||||
key key code Normal/Visual mode Insert mode ~
|
||||
CTRL-PageUp <M-N><M-C-D> H <C-O>H
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2006 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -33,9 +33,10 @@ Indianapolis IN 46220 USA
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Filename Convention *mac-filename*
|
||||
|
||||
You can use either the unix or mac path separator or a mix of both. In order
|
||||
to determine if the specified filename is relative to the current folder or
|
||||
absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following algorithm is used:
|
||||
Starting with Vim version 7 you can just use the unix path separators with
|
||||
Vim. In order to determine if the specified filename is relative to the
|
||||
current folder or absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following
|
||||
algorithm is used:
|
||||
|
||||
If the path start by a "/", the path is absolute
|
||||
If the path start by a ":", the path is relative
|
||||
@@ -58,15 +59,23 @@ You can use the |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| variable. >
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. .vimrc and .vim files *mac-vimfile*
|
||||
|
||||
On the Mac files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc files
|
||||
are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc". These files can be in
|
||||
any format (mac, dos or unix). Vim can handle any file format when the
|
||||
|'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
|
||||
It is recommended to use Unix style line separators for Vim scripts, thus a
|
||||
single newline character.
|
||||
|
||||
When starting up Vim will load the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim script to define
|
||||
default command-key mappings.
|
||||
|
||||
On older systems files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc
|
||||
files are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc". These files
|
||||
can be in any format (mac, dos or unix). Vim can handle any file format when
|
||||
the |'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Mac FAQ *mac-faq*
|
||||
|
||||
On the internet: http://macvim.org/OSX/index.php#FAQ
|
||||
|
||||
Q: I can't enter non-ASCII character in Apple Terminal.
|
||||
A: Under Window Settings, Emulation, make sure that "Escape non-ASCII
|
||||
characters" is not checked.
|
||||
@@ -77,17 +86,17 @@ A: Assuming that Vim.app is located in /Applications:
|
||||
Or:
|
||||
/Applications/Vim.app/Contents/MacOS/Vim -g {arguments}
|
||||
|
||||
Q: How can I set $PATH to something reasonable when I start Vim.app from the
|
||||
GUI or with open?
|
||||
A: The following trick works with most shells. Put it in your vimrc file.
|
||||
This is included in the system vimrc file included with the binaries
|
||||
distributed at macvim.org . >
|
||||
let s:path = system("echo echo VIMPATH'${PATH}' | $SHELL -l")
|
||||
let $PATH = matchstr(s:path, 'VIMPATH\zs.\{-}\ze\n')
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Mac Lack *mac-lack*
|
||||
|
||||
The filenames containing both ":" and "/" are sometimes misinterpreted. (just
|
||||
re-execute the command)
|
||||
|
||||
Scrollbar are not scrolling live, and when only the arrow or scroll area, a
|
||||
limit of 32 line or page is scrolled.
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax highlighting works on 68k Macs but is _really_ slow.
|
||||
|
||||
In a terminal CTRL-^ needs to be entered as Shift-Control-6. CTRL-@ as
|
||||
Shift-Control-2.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_mint.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_mint.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Jens M. Felderhoff
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_msdos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_msdos.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_os2.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_os2.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Slootman
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_qnx.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_qnx.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Julian Kinraid
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_risc.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_risc.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Thomas Leonard
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_unix.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_unix.txt* For Vim version 7.0d. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user